Home

Owners Manual - Dealer E

Contents

1. j Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on level firm ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a tow ing service company for assistance Continued is supported only by a jack use vehicle support stands Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack e Make sure any children pres ent are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack What to do in an emergenc rrrrT ORBCO60002 OBH068002L 1J BA6504 Removing and storing the spare Changing tires 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench Turn the tire hold down wing bolt the parking brake firmly from the vehicle counterclockwise 2 Shift the shift lever into R 5 Block both the front and rear of the Store the tire in the reverse order of Reverse with manual transaxle wheel that is diagonally opposite removal or P Park with automatic the jack position To prevent the spare tire and tools transaxle from rattling while the vehicle is in 3 Activate the hazard warning flash motion store them properly er What to do in an emergenc i af a ORBC0
2. What to do in an emergenc NOTICE If the TPMS indicator does not illu minate for 3 seconds when the igni tion switch is turned to the ON posi tion or engine is running or if it comes on after blinking for approxi mately one minute take your car to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure telltale 1 When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminat ed and warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres Sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Low Tire Pressure Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle A CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire p
3. VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main pur pose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hit ting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehi cle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehi cle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and pas senger safety belts were buckled fastened eHow far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situ ation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi tions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash loca tion are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR spe cial equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In
4. From the paired phone list select the From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and select device you want to delete and select Disconnect button Delete button Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless NOTICE Answering Calls Technology e If you select the Call History button but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to Ans mening a Call l Phone Menu Screen download call history data Answering a call with a Bluetooth If you select the Contacts button but Wireless Technology device connected there is no contacts data stored a Will display the following screen Phone Menus prompt is displayed which asks to To acceptthe call press key on the With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology download contacts data steering wheel while the call is device connected press the Key This feature may not be supported in incoming to display the Phone menu screen some mobile phones For more infor mation on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual O 4 2 1 Caller Displays the other party s name 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used when the incoming caller is saved with contacts saved for easy access in your contacts 2 Call History Device the call history list 2 Incoming Number Displays the screen incoming number 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related set tings Fe
5. NOTICE Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side col lisions or rollovers The pre tensioners will not be activat ed if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximate ly 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off dn i i n i i Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being dri
6. NOTICE If any of the below happens we rec ommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer 1 The low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or engine is running 2 The TPMS malfunction indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute 3 The Low tire pressure position telltale remains illuminated Low tire pressure telltale Low tire pressure position telltale bd Low Tire i Pressure When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminat ed and warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure position telltale light will indicate which tire is significantly under inflat ed by illuminating the corresponding position light If either telltale illuminates immediate ly reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres Sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on and
7. The system will reboot after the lan guage is changed Language support by region English Francais Espanol Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM OR SiriusXM SEEK Press the key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Changes the frequency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next frequency Preset SEEK Press the GB key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from will Save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Shortly pressing the key The broad cast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset EJ for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions MI A Store Press the key Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior recep tion to GEG keys If no frequen cies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast
8. Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warn ing lights will blink and the horn will sound once to confirm that the door Is locked However if any door or trunk lid remains open the hazard warning lights and or the horn will not operate But if all doors and trunk lid are closed after the lock but ton is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 Driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed twice within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked If no doors are opened within 30 seconds after unlocking them the doors will automatically lock again NOTICE Unlock mode conversion if equipped You can change the system to unlock all doors by one pressing the unlock button on the transmitter If you want this fea ture central door unlock mode per form the following two stage unlock mode lt gt central door unlock mode The unlock mode is changed alternately by pressing the lock button and unlock button on the transmitter at the same time for 5 seconds or more The hazard warn ing lights will blink four times to indicate that the mode conversion is completed Panic 3 The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30
9. Mom Kim etc Instead always use full names includ ing first and last names for all contacts e g use Jacob Stevenson instead of Dad 2 Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgt 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk amper sand amp 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa J oseph instead of Pa J oe Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stated Shortly press the key on the steer ing remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice command Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steer ing remote controller The command wait state is immediately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice command el Features of your vehicle ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating Press and hold the key on the steer ing remote controller NOTICE e While using voice command pressing any steering wheel control or a differ ent key will end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command sa
10. Press the GB key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Shortly pressing the key The broad cast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset EJ for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency FM Changes by 200KHz AM Changes by 10KHz Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions 1 A Store Press the key gt Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior recep tion to GEG keys If no frequen cies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast Features of your vehicle SiriluSXM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers 150 channels with 100 commercial free music plus sports news talk and enter tainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a com plete list of SirlusXM Satellite Radio channels
11. The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Turn signal indicator lt The blinking arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your dealer should be consult ed for repairs This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position High beam indicator Tail light indicator peas This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Features of your vehicle Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure Is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and Stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized HY UNDAI dealer CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there
12. Commands Commands available during iPod oper My Music Commands Commands available during My ation Music operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technologyaudio streaming from mobile phone operation Command Operation Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song Pause Pauses the current song iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold separately The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Hyundai is under license SiriusXM services require a subscription sold separately or as a package by Sirius XM Radio Inc If you decide to continue service after your trial the subscription plan you choose will automatically renew thereafter and you will be charged according to your chos
13. Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant detection system do not install a child restraint system in the front passenger seat position A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Continued always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum Safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued Sitting improperly or out of posi tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is
14. Luggage Room Lamp Trunk Room Lamp Center Room Lamp Overhead Console Lamp Map Lamp AUDIO as TAIL LAMP LH Rear Combination Lamp LH Head Lamp LH Front Turn Signal Lamp LH License Lamp LH RH 4Door License Lamp 5Door Head Lamp RH Rear Combination Lamp RH Rheostat Audio Front Turn Signal Lamp RH TAIL LAMP RH 10A Hazard Switch Instrument Cluster ILL AUX amp USB Jack ESC Off Switch A C Switch ECO Switch Multifunction Switch Remote Control A C Control Module Rear Defogger Switch Front Deicer Switch ATM Shift Lever Switch ILL START Transaxle Range Switch Ignition Lock Switch H LAMP Instrument Cluster Engine Compartment Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp Relay P WDW LH Soe Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch LH P WDW RH Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH Passenger Power Window Switch Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH Passenger Power Window Switch Power Window Switch SSA poe PCM Rear Defogger Switch Driver Power Outside Mirror HTD MIRR Passenger Power Outside Mirror A CON a A C Control Module Auto A C BLOWER ECM PCM Blower Switch Blower Resistor A C Control Module Manual A C Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel lt O U0 o Tal 5 _ EG gt go dp gt USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE AND RELAY ONLY 91950 1R220 Il ABS s ORB075075A Maintenan
15. M MM PRMBO iES J e t_ _ E O _ _ gt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ r r rrr r rrr__ _r _ _ _ _ _ _ t Sunglass holder bsavascuela d are ase ilaele 4 88 Sunroof S Si Ws Wie tw toe ii 1 Ta o i TSE Press lar ws oles ar COs wil a EE TA E CEI 4 26 Sunvisor RR 4 90 Tachometer EEEE O O EE RL lee e E E N E 4 37 Tailgate E TTI TIA CSS TI TI ee ee ee ee eee ee eee 4 14 Tether anchor system SARAI RI A nn 3 30 Tilt and telescopic steering ale aad 6 8 4 Al ebb e a e e a 4 3 Tire and loading information label 5 43 Tire chains rire iii 5 40 Tire mobility Kite rrr ZE ZE ZE ZE ZE TE E OE 6 25 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 6 12 Tire specification and pressure label 8 7 Tires and wheels rrr rrr treet eee eens 7 37 Checking tire inflation pressure sss4ss zianeiazio 7 38 Compact spare tire replacement 7 42 Low aspect ratio tire ee aa a ee 7 46 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 37 Tire care citi eee 7 37 Tire maintenance ENE EEEE S ww ee lee ae n 7 42 Tire replacement E EE E E E E E EA TEE A ears 7 41 Tire rotation EEEE EEE E E E RA A 7 39 Tire sidewall labeling EE E E eT eee E E E ee ee 7 43 Tire traction aaan E a E SB E S E eee 7 42 Wheel alignment and tire balance 00
16. NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device IPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free if equipped You can use a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone Detailed information for the Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free is described in the Audio section in this chapter or in the manual supplied sepa rately Features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES te ioe I ea aer p 2A a _ Sai y y N dl i 0ED046090 Mounting bracket for roof carrier if equipped To install or remove a roof carrier you can use the mounting bracket and cover on the roof When you install a roof carrier use approved HYUNDAI accessories and do the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool coin or flat blade driver into the slot and slide the cover toward the arrow on the cover 2 Rotate the cover half way and insert the cover on the roof hole as the illus tration NOTICE To prevent losing the roof carrier cover install the cover on the roof before you install the roof carrier 3 After using the roof carrier install the cover back on the roof in the reverse order Features of your vehicle NOTICE If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof in such a way that it could interfere with sunro
17. OO OWNER S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner s Manual is current at the time of publication However Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle CAUTION MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way Such modifications may adversely affect the per formance safety or durability of your Hyundai and may in addition violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab lished by the U S Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies TWO WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components It is possible for an improperly installed adjusted two way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems For this reason we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer s instruc tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE
18. Push and hold the control lever for ward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever Within 3 seconds push and hold the control lever forward for more than 5 CAUTION The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open seconds until the sunroof is operated as follows TILT DOWN SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset an authorized HY UNDAI dealer A CAUTION If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may operate improperly For more detailed information contact Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering EPS The power steering uses a motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering sys tem becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by a power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering assist increases as the vehicle s speed increases and as the vehicle s speed decreases for optimum steering assist decreases Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer duri
19. What to do in an emergency 10 To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward J iggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fin gers again 11 Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise ORBC060005 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminum alloy wheel 65 79 lb ft 9 11 kg m If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If itis too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install itas soon as possi
20. aaas Blower Evaporator core Climate control air filter Heater core OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Ot
21. rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a colli sion nl Safety features of your vehicle ORB030007 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest sup port and lower the headrest 3 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 Reinstall To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Safety features of your vehicle Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facil itate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle WARNING The purpose of the fold down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving This is To fold down the rear seatback not a proper seating position and 1 Make sure the rear seat belt webbing no seat belts are available for use is in the guide to prevent the seat belt This could result in serious injury from being damaged or death in case of an accident or 2 Set
22. up the lever Biast Sliding armrest if equipped To move forward Grab the front portion of the armrest 1 then pull it forward To move rearward Push the armrest rearward with your palm Features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not keep objects except sun glasses inside the sunglass hold er Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident pos sibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sun Glove box Sunglass holder if equipped glass holder To open the glove box push the button To open the sunglass holder press the Do not put the glasses forcibly and the glove box will automatically cover and the holder will slowly open into a sunglass holder to prevent open Close the glove box after use Place your sunglasses in the compart breakage or deformation of glasses It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop always keep the glove box door closed while driving CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time Features of your vehicle CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken w
23. 4 DOOR 4 CAUTION Make certain that you close the ety trunk before driving your vehicle ORB043007N ile gt i Possible damage may occur to the EN trunk lift cylinders and attached Opening the trunk With the trunk lid release lever ooo IF ene e no With the key To open the trunk from inside the vehicle prior to driving To open the trunk insert the key and turn PU up the trunk lid release lever it clockwise Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk is locked automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates trunk locks and trunk mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions Features of your vehicle Closing the trunk To close the trunk lower the trunk lid then press down on it until it locks To be Sure the trunk lid is securely fastened always check by trying to pull it up again A WARNING For emergencies be fully aware of the location of the emergency trunk safety release lever in this vehicle and how to open the trunk if you are accidentally locked in the trunk No one should be allowed to occupy the trunk of the vehicle at any time If the trunk is partially or totally latched and the person H ORB040302 is unable to get out severe injury WARNING The trunk lid should be always kept completely closed while the vehicle is in motion If it is left open or ajar poisonous exhaust gases may enter the vehicle and serious ill ness or death may result
24. Active ECO system iena pelle n 5 3 2 Air bag warning label na 3 60 Air bag warning light SII totti tit eE ES 3 37 Air bags CORNI ISTE arene ea ae I NOTE 3 34 Air bag warning label na 3 60 Air bag warning light COGLIERE Rea 3 37 Curtain air bag SETTE 3 51 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 0 3 46 Occupant detection system Tree E E ea 3 40 Side impact air bag Tee E EEEE 3 50 SRS components and functions tte 3 37 Air cleaner LAtS oO 68S C4 NOLIN ETDS Ws Kew III III III 7 28 Antenna Roof Eana RR ERRE RATIO RE RE aiaa RO 4 97 Anti lock brake system ABS Liana ne lena Si 1 9 Appearance care iii ieri eee 7 70 Fxterior oF ko 7 70 Interior Care viti iii eee Tap 4 Armre st front E E SDE EEE E EE een 3 _ 6 Audio system Comet meee rece meee neers eee essere eeseesseeseeses 4 97 Roof antenna eee eee eee teens 4 97 Steering wheel audio control r ssesssseeseesee 4 98 Automatic climate controll system rediren 4 76 Air conditioning SRI TITTI ST FE ri tttt ti 4 82 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 77 Manual heating and air conditioning 11 4 78 Automatic transaxle Manual shift mode 55 51 5 12 Automatic trans axle case a at wy E E E EE EEE E we wre we a 5 1 0 Base curb weight Poteet E Te Cre ree ee ate 5 48 Battery Tevet CC eT ere eee E ee TS Ce ee ee 7 34 Battery saver function 6 hd SER CA rei DED DD TS SEEDS 4 53 Before driving e rb sae han ial a cecal ae lence lw a anh A a aoe ta eRe a 5 3 Bottle holders see c
25. Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under cer tain circumstances Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur Windshield washer fluid is poi sonous to humans and animals Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer fluid Serious injury or death could occur PARKING BRAKE 4 SEE 0 RB050003 Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone Should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 44 lbs 20 kg 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER a me ORBO 3010 Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner It must be replaced when necessary and clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter Should not be cleaned and reused 4 Lock the cover with the cover attach
26. Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the keyb Set S Del All through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Delete Selection Press the key gt Set Del Sel through the TUNE knob or GG key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list After selecting press the select the delete menu key and Features of your vehicle NOTICE USING THE MY MUSIC e Even if memory is available a maxi mum of 6 000 songs can be stored e The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times e Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA cur rently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connected with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal NOTICE USING THE AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO if equipped model What is Blu
27. Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could resultin serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 10 inches 250 mm away from the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Rear seatbacks The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and rearwards To avoid the possibility of burns do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission control devices beneath this floor gener ate high temperatures Continued Continued
28. E mergency trunk safety release or death could occur due to lack of ventilation exhaust fumes and rapid heat build up or because of Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency trunk release lever located inside the trunk The lever glows in the dark when the trunk lid is closed If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk pulling this handle will open the trunk exposure to cold weather condi tions The trunk is also a highly dangerous location in the event of a crash because itis nota pro tected occupant space but is a part of the vehicle s crush zone e Your vehicle should be kept locked and keys be kept out of the reach of children Parents should teach their children about the dangers of playing in trunks Use the release lever for emer gencies only Use with extreme caution especially while the vehi cle is in motion Features of your vehicle TAILGATE 5 DOOR LC ME a T 0RB041404 Opening the tailgate The tailgate is locked or unlocked by turning the key to the Lock or Unlock position The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key transmitter or central door lock switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work proper ly due to freezing conditions A CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your
29. Maintenance iii SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles 240 000 km continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals EEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Maintenance The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 6 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacu
30. Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone A CAUTION When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution Should be taken not to inadver tently press the shift lever side ways in such a manner that the second gear is engaged Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine and transaxle may possibly cause engine damage Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such downshifting may damage the engine clutch and the transaxle Driving your vehicle During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into lst or R Reverse leave the shift lever in the neutral posi tion and release the clutch Depress the clutch pedal back down and then shift into lst or R Reverse gear position CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade while waiting for a traffic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks When operating the clutch
31. ORB045410N Distance to empty mi or km This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 1 mile 1 km will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 1 to 999 miles 1 to 999 km ORB045039N Average fuel consumption if equipped MPG or 1 100 km This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average econ omy reset The total fuel used is calculat ed from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 0 03 miles 50 m Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel econo my is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 6 MPH 1km h after being refueling the average fuel economy will be cleared to zero Features of your vehicle E Type A M Type B ORB045040N Instant fuel consumption MPG or 1 100 km This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption every 2 seconds from the driving distance and quantity of fuel injection el Features of your vehicle E Type A M Type B Average Speed AS u ORB045412N Average speed MPH or km h This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset
32. RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES Tha combined Wweeghl of ascopants and cargo shouki never scesi 345 kg or mag Le poeds batal des occupante i du chasgemeni na dol jamas depassar kg du PNEU DIMENSIONS EA ORB054043N Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 849 Ibs 385 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo i Driving your vehicle Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing Capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants a
33. TUNE knob gt Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Day Month Year Time Format This function is used to set the 12 24 hour time format of the audio system Select Time Format gt Set 12Hr 24Hr through TUNE knob Clock Display when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off Set Con through TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is displayed on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob e Normal On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instruc tions during voice command operation e Expert Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information dur ing voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instruc tions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language Set through TUNE knob
34. What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle ORB060006 Removable towing hook if equipped 1 Open the trunk lid tailgate and remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use N will i Jb at ews ORB060007 ag n ni E f n ORBC060008 Emergency towing if equipped If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be temporar ily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook attached to the front or under the rear of the vehicle n i el What to do in an emergency Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to CAUTION steer it and operate the brakes e Attach a towing strap to the tow Towing in this manner may be done only hook on hard surfaced roads for a short dis e Us
35. bottle onto the valve 6 Ensure that the compressor is 8 With the ignition switched on Switched off position 0 Switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 3 minutes to fill the sealant The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant j What to do in an emergency N CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200kpa 29 PSI This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle Distributing the sealant Immediately drive approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be damaged by sealant remove the sealant stained with tire pressure
36. e Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or reverse without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident WARNING Do not adjust the seat while wear ing seat belts Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on the abdomen Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire Use extreme caution when pick ing small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mecha nism Safety features of your vehicle ORB030002 Front seat Manual adjustment Forward and rearward To move the seat forward or rearward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the
37. jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc Don t place foreign objects or materials in the engine compart ment Placement of foreign objects or materials which prevent cooling of the engine in the engine compartment may cause a failure or combustion The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Mm Type A TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY HOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weighi of occupants and cango shodd newer ancaed 385 ag or Le pods batal das oonvpants at du changement ne dal paman depasse tgou b Pre VIENI PNEUS FROD FRONT a E Pi 95 50R 16 2a0kPa E TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY HOWERE DE PLACES The combined weeghl of occupants and carga should newer exceed 5 igor Le pords batal das occupants ef du changement na dort jamais depasser logo PHEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS A FROID FRONT REAR Di SPARE esos 1250015 20KPa psi IRSIS ORB054041A TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMERE DE PLACES The combined weeghl of occupants and cargo should mewer exceed abs i mi ao Le poeds botal des orcupants ef du changement na doit jamg dapasser kg 11 8 SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE NONE AUTAIN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION
38. ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and los ing their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead while you Slow down When you are moving slow ly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic transaxle do not let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping for ward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Use caution when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P_ automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporari
39. rpm The speedometer is calibrated in miles Use the tachometer to select the correct per hour and or kilometers per hour shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine dn i i Features of your vehicle When the door is open or if the engine iS m Type A E Type B not started within 1 minute the tachometer pointer may move slightly in ON position with the engine OFF This movement is ORB045411N Engine temperature gauge normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 A CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine dam age CAUTION If the gauge moves beyond the nor mal range area toward the H posi tion it indicates overheating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle E Type A M Type B ORB045034N Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amountof fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplement ed by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is near empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may com
40. sensors and wheel and inspect in authorized dealer Checking the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 4 6 miles 7 10 km or about 10min stop ata safe location 2 Connect the filling hose 2 of the compressor clip mounted side directly and then connect the fill ing hose 2 opposite side to the tire valve 3 Connectbetween compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition swithched on proceed as follows To increase the inflation pres Sure Switch on the compres sor position To check the cur rent inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor What to do in an emergency NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire pressure the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor hose N CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI the tire pressure sensors may be dam aged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating m
41. the assembly out Disconnect the bulb electrical connec tor Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Insert a new bulb in the socket Reassemble the socket and the lens part Connect the bulb electrical connector Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Maintenance r ORB070054 ORB075033K ORBC070034 Type B Rear combination light bulb 1 Open the trunk lid If the light bulb does not operate have replacement 4 Door 2 Remove the service cover by pulling the vehicle checked by an authorized 1 Stop and tail light out the service cover HYUNDAI dealer Rear turn signal light 2 X NOTICE a Back up light A skilled technician should check or repair the side repeater lamp Otherwise it may damage related parts ex outside mirror Side marker Maintenance ORBO71051N ORB071033 Remove the socket from the assembly Rear combination light bulb by turning the socket counterclockwise replacement 5 Door until the tabs on the socket align with 1 Tail light the slots on the assembly UJ 4 Remove the bulb from the socket by 2 Rear turn signal light pressing it in and rotating it counter 3 Back up light clockwise until the tabs on the bulb 4 Stop and tail light align with the slots in the sock
42. tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats d WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback d WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate normally WARNING Driver s seat Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age
43. to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down shift into Manual shift mode and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the car from moving Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a Slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle WARNING Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when corner ing or turning Do not mak
44. under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions 1J BA3522 Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment would not provide addi tional protection to the occupants Side impact air bags and curtain air bags may inflate in rollover accidents at gat i aed Tis 1J BA3518 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impactis concentrated to one area and the deceleration forces are significant ly reduced big Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when you turn the ignition on or continu ously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel the front passenger s panel front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury WARNING Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to th
45. visit www siriusxm com in the United States sirius canada ca_ in Canada or call SiriusXM at 1 800 643 2112 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehi cle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satel lite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possi ble Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SiriusXM Satellite Radio service SiriusXM Satellite Radio is a subscrip tion based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio receivers which are available for installa tion in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SiriusXM Satellite Radio sys tem include Hardware and an introductory trial sub scription term which begins on the date of sale or l
46. you can Still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power Is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces WARNING Brakes Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued Continued e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake applica tion will cause the brakes to over heat and could result in a tempo rary loss of braking performance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you do not check the position o
47. your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always proper ly position and secure children in the rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle s interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat
48. 3 1 8 Rear seat Tee ee ee IRA AEREI RR eee ee 3 9 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 36 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 5 Refrigerant label LUO IR e Nel Remote keyless entry dd d a ERRORE RARE ARE ew a a ew ek 4 6 Replacement light bulb Tai a wie abies dub eda ee caha Bus lene are ene Sie ene whew ie 7 61 Road warning CORI 6 2 Rocking the vehicle os 4 RE 0 n n n Wikis e WBLa 8 5 35 Roof antenna iii iene 4 97 S scheduled maintenance service 00000000000 7 6 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 Normal miamtenance schedulle 9 lt etsectsrceteetenate 7 7 Seat belt warning SITI III SSA III O ee E 3 15 Seat belts Seem ee E 10001000 00010000100000000 00000000 3 14 Rear center belt La ele e te 3 18 Height adjustment E TAN PROPIA EST EEE 3 16 Pre tensioner seat belt ee ee eee eee FERITE rr 3 20 Seat belt Driver s 3 point systemie 3 16 Seat belt warning SERS ORE EHS Sela T ew SO Ow SN On 3 15 Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 17 Seatback pocket III It me eee eee Coed eee esos OA 3 8 Seating capacity E RR WR E E ORA SW See A ON OSE E 5 44 GRatS rrr eee teen eee e ence e eee eeeeeeeeeeees 32 Armre st front ROERO IO 3 6 Folding the rear seat iii 3 11 Front seat adjustment Loana rea aa Rene Gite aS 3 5 Headrest front saa al as RR 3 6 Headre st rear Se Tree Te i re eae ee ee ee ee 3
49. ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system Is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Driving your vehicle f ORB050009 Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to help stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine manage ment system to help stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions Itis not a sub stitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in prevent ing a loss of control Itis still your respon sibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and
50. CD USB iPod My Music mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus 13 GEG Peset e Radio Mode Saves frequencies chan nels or receives saved frequencies channels e CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected Features of your vehicle Audio Head Unit salato MEDIA Dr 14 Changes to FM mode e Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM 15 SI Changes to XM mode Features of your vehicle SETUP Display Settings Press the key gt Select Display gt Select menu through TUNE knob Mode Pop up Mode Pop up gt Changes COn_ C Off selection mode e During On state press the WUS or key to display the mode change pop up screen Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder F ile or Album Artist S ong Sound Settings SETUP Press the WASS key Select Sound gt Select menu through TUNE knob Features of your vehicle Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings gt Select menu through TUNE knob gt Turn TUNE knob left right to set Bass Midd
51. ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires Driving your vehicle ESC OFF usage NOTICE Good braking practices When driving e When operating the vehicle on a ESC should remain on for daily driving dynamometer ensure that the ESC is whenever possible turned off ESC OFF light illuminated e To turn ESC off while driving press the Turning the ESC off does not affect ESC OFF button while driving on a flat ABS or brake system operation road surface Driving your vehicle After parking the vehicle check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the car is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes light ly until the braking action returns to nor mal taking care to keep the car under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as itis safe to do so and call an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance Do not coast down hills with the car out of gear This is extremely hazardous Keep the car in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Do not
52. Hyundai specifications You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8 4 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner s Manual Copyright 2015 Hyundai Motor America All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America F4 Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts 1 What are Hyundai Genuine Parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same parts used by Hyundai Motor Company to manufacture vehicles They are designed and tested for the optimum safety performance and reli ability to our customers 2 Why should you use genuine parts HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engi neered and built to meet rigid manu facturing requirements Damage caused by using imitation counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty GP Genuine HYUNDAI Parts A100A01L In addition any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imita tion counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty How can you tell if you are purchas ing Hyundai Genuine Parts Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on the package see below Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to the U S are packaged with la
53. Ibs 74 kg x5 Available Cargo and 549 lbs Available Cargo and 99 Ibs c Available Cargo and 34 Ibs Luggage weight 249 kg Luggage weight 45 kg Luggage weight 15 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s Capacity weight __ j Driving your vehicle om REAR HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U S A FEDERA miot vets SAFETY BUMPER AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS N EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACT URE SHOWN ABOVE OBH059070 Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pillar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and Cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread o
54. ON However the doors may not be unlocked if mechanical problems occur with the door lock system or battery Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph 15 km h And all doors will be automat ically unlocked when you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key if equipped Auto door lock unlock feature Automatic transaxle if equipped All doors will automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the shift lever is moved into P Park Features of your vehicle i A 0RB040005 Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock located on the rear edge of the door to the Lock position When the child safety lock is in the Lock fd position rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled inside the vehi cle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of your vehicle TRUNK
55. Random Information and Search features Repeat Press the key gt Set RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set IRDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently play ing category in random order K Press RDM again to turn off Features of your vehicle Information Press the key gt Set Enfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key gt Set Search through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to parent category Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode if equipped In My Music mode press the MEM key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key gt Set RPT through the TUNE knob or GB key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set RDM through the TUNE knob or ARI key Plays all songs in random order K Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Gilnfo through the TUNE knob or GMB key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key Set Delete through the TUNE knob or MZ key
56. Sirius XM Radio Inc dn n i i i Features of your vehicle SiriusXM RADIO Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio Your vehicle is equipped with a 3 month trial subscription to SiriusXM so you have access to over 140 channels of music information and entertainment program ming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your Sirius Select subscription you will need to contact Sirius XM Customer Care at 1 800 643 2112 Have your 12 digit RID Radio Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the RID ESN turn on the radio press the key and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation sig nal 4 166 SEEK Press the key e Shortly pressing the key select previ ous or next channel Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previ ous or next channel gt If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the cur rent category SCAN Press the key e Shortly pressing the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press the key again to contin ue listening to the current frequency If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the cur rent category Category Press the key Set through the TUNE knob e The display will indicate the category men
57. Song playing order to sequen tially 2 Folder playing order If no song file is contained in the fold er that folder is not displayed Root gt Folder AA gt Folder ABA FolderA gt Folder ABB Folder BA Folder BB Folder B Folder AA Folder AB To ABA a Folder ABB Folder BA sn Folder BB J Folder D Song File Features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not stare at the screen while driving Staring at the screen for prolonged periods of time could lead to traffic accidents Do not disassemble assemble or modify the audio system Such acts could result in accidents fire or electric shock Using the phone while driving may lead to a lack of attention of traffic conditions and increase the likelihood of accidents Use the phone feature after park ing the vehicle Heed caution not to spill water or introduce foreign objects into the device Such acts could lead to smoke fire or product malfunc tion Continued Continued Please refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound can be heard as these signs may indi cate product malfunction Continued use in such conditions could lead to accidents fires electric shock or product mal functions Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightening as such acts may lead to lightning induced electric shock Do not stop or p
58. UNDAI dealer for transmit ter reprogramming Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS ser ug U nlock OYF049006 Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock the door with a key all vehi cle doors will lock automatically if equipped From the driver s door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the driver s door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors if equipped Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that the doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door locks and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components NOTICE Unlock mode conversion if equipped You can change the system to unlock all doors by turning the key to the right once If you want this feature central door unlock mode perform the following two stage unlock mode lt gt central door unlock mode The unlock mode is changed alterna
59. a rear brake rubbing noise Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced I 2RB050003 Parking brake Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then pull up the park ing brake lever as far as possible without pressing the release button In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever should be in the appropriate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position on automatic transaxle vehicles j Driving your vehicle A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and make hazardous driving or lead to an accident i I CR 8050002 Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorized HY
60. air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible 4 CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup e Check the pressure of your Spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires e Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the Spare tire How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure
61. air position selected more than five minutes the air intake position will be automatically changed to the outside fresh air position To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation do the following ORB045077N Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Select Face Level 8 mode 3 While holding the air conditioning A C button pressed press the air intake control button recirculated air position at least 5 times within 3 sec onds If the battery has been discharged or dis connected itresets to the automatic ven tilation status ORB045350N Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select Face Level 8 mode 3 While holding the air conditioning A C button pressed press the air intake control button recirculated air position at least 5 times within 3 sec onds If the battery has been discharged or dis connected itresets to the automatic ven tilation status Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to store small items CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartments e Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely Center console storage To open the center console storage pull
62. and allow the ABS to con trol the force being delivered to the brakes Driving your vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient Stopping distance Always maintain a Safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces Sive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system A CAUTION If the ABS warning light is on and Stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible A CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an Icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the
63. authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched ule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety mat ters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting prob lem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HY UNDAI dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT No check No service required O Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped j Maintenance ee MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3 750 MIL
64. bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or Side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear Seat Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system dn i i n pi i Safety features of your vehicle SI 5 ORB030029 Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risks of the air bag system Keys 4 3 Remote keyless
65. base plate of jack must be vertical THIS JACK FOR USE WITH HYUNDAI GETZ ACCENT ELANTRA i20 i30 i30CW i35 VELOSTER AVANTE MODELS under the lifting point T GN SET PARKING BRAKE Ri IN PARK FOR AUTOMATIC REV A ift FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSION THE VEHICLE OWNERS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR JACKING AND TYRE 8 Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles CHANGING INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING WHEEL JACKING POSITIONS PRIOR TO THE JACKING OF THE VEHICLE with manual transaxle or move the e THE JACK SHOULD BE USED ON LEVEL FIRM GROUND WHEREVER POSSIBLE gs e IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE WHEELS OF THE VEHICLE BE CHOCKED AND THAT NO PERSON SHOULD REMAIN IN shift lever to the P position on liana vehicles with automatic transaxle WARNING DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS SUPPORTED BY A JACK 9 The jack should be used on firm level ground ORB065100 10 J ack manufacture The actual J ack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For 11 Production date more detailed specifications refer to the label attached to the jack 12 Representative company and address What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED u Ses SII OO MM For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as poss
66. bate aro Foo is po RE d placca ORB075074N Maintenance Instrument panel Driver s side fuse panel Description Fuserating Protected component TOA Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND Multifunction Switch Wiper Rear Wiper Motor Data Link Connector CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster MICOM IND BCM 10A Stop Lamp Switch ECO Switch Driver Passenger Seat Heater Module Tire Pressure Monitoring Module ATM Shift Lever Switch ILL EPS Control Module Rheostat ABS 10A ABS Control Module ESC Control Module ESC Off Switch E R Fuse amp Relay Box Multipurpose Check Connector HAC Relay B UP LAMP Back Up Lamp Switch ECM PCN 1G2 162 STOP LAMP Stop Lamp Switch Battery Sensor Stop Lamp Relay E R Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay 10A Power Window Relay A C Control Module Instrument Cluster MICOM BCM Sunroof Motor E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay 10A A C Control Module BCM SMK Unit Wiper Control Unit HAZARD Hazard Relay Hazard Switch 2S PARE Not Used Maintenance peseripton Fuse rating Protected component WIPER FRT 254 Multifunction Switch Wiper Front Wiper Motor DR LOCK 20 Door LociUniock Relay Two Tum Unlock Relay Diver Door Lock Acar SAFETY POWER WINDOW MES S afety Power Window Module S HEATER Driver Passenger Seat Heater Module 5S PARE 10A NotUsed ROOM LAMP Instrument Cluster IND ILL Tire Pressure Monitoring Module BCM A C Control Module
67. beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color CAUTION The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunc tion and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and Capacities in section 8 Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake clutch fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Exhaust pipe and muffler Vi
68. blown replace the fuse 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other with a new one of the same rating when switches off the ignition switch and all other switches 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by are off pressing the tab and pulling up 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it 4 CAUTION is blown To remove or insert the fuse Before removing the multi fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com disconnect the terminal of bat partment fuse panel tery 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating Do not disassemble or assemble and make sure it fits tightly in the clips the multi fuse fastened with bolts If it fits loosely consult an authorized or nuts The fuse may be fastened HY UNDAI dealer incompletely and it may cause a possible fire If the multi fuse is blown consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description m Engine compartment Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label ORB070023 0RB070024 Maintenance Instrument panel Driver s side fuse panel USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY 91117 1R210 pei EI poe oh eA SSA DI OA o Si STOP CASA tes of foo KE fom T SIG ret ol oa te foram Lucio e
69. by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be Sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant except the Tire Mobility Kit approved by HYUNDAI if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors d WARNING TPMS The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam age caused by external factors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instabil ity immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradually with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road d WARNING Protecting TPMS Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driv er of low tire pressure condi tions and or TPMS malfunctions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies w
70. can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle ORB040016 Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof manual Slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position To open the sunroof autoslide feature press the sunroof control switch towards the rear of the vehicle for more than 0 5 second The sunroof will slide to the recommend ed open position about 2 in before the maximum slide open position To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control switch momentarily To open the sunroof to the maximum Slide open position press the the switch towards the rear of the vehicle once again and hold it until the sunroof slides all the way open NOTICE To reduce wind noise while driving we recommend you to drive at the recom mended postion about 2 in before the maximum slide open positon To close the sunroof autoslide feature move the sunroof control switch towards the front of the vehicle for more than 0 5 second The sunroof will close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control switch momen tarily Information Provided by le AAT Nes e Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof is closing automati cally it will reverse direction and then stop The au
71. can play the copied Music in My Music mode If another key is pressed while copying is IN progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPod AUX while copying Is in progress copying is can celed Music will not be played while copying is in progress MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information and Search features Repeat Press the key gt Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or EB key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the keyb Set IRDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently play ing category in random order K Press RDM again to turn off Features of your vehicle Information Press the key gt Set info through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key Set f4 S earch through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to parent category Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode if equipped In My Music mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key gt Set RPT through the TUNE knob or EEBS key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT a
72. causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and Stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is nota Substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system Is not oper ating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi nated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminat ed the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons includ ing the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehi cle that prevent the TPMS from func tioning properly What to do in an emergenc Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly
73. deploy only in certain side impact condi tions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passen ger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Continued or prevent the effectiveness of the system Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch Is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer because your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection system A REEL es LI ATO Cia sane ORB035052L Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails
74. does not operate me E 2M5 103005 Since all passenger seat belts move as described in this section have Placing a passenger seat belt into freely under normal conditions and only the system checked immediately the automatic locking mode lock under extreme or emergency condi by your authorized HYUNDAI The automatic locking mode will help tions emergency locking mode you dealer must manually change these seat belts to the automatic locking mode to secure a child restraint prevent the normal movement of the Failure to observe this manual s child in the vehicle from causing the seat instructions regarding child belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint systems and the restraint system To secure a child instructions provided with the restraint system use the following proce child restraint system could dure increase the chance and or severity of injury in an accident If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat as described in the child seat system manual the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed Safety features of your vehicle OMD030053A To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web b
75. filler cap is tight Fuel cap open warning indicator if equipped Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER 4 iy 4 0RB040045 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to Stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition Switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time LIGHTING Battery saver function if equipped The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the Steering column A CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors the battery saver function does not operate Therefore it causes the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the la
76. flasher switch 4 53 6 2 12 Shifulever eee 5 7 5 10 13 Parking brake lever 5 17 14 Passenger s front air bag 3 46 Ds GIOVERDOX cern e 4 88 16 Power OULU orice oa 4 91 if equipped ORB010002N n i n i i Your vehicle ata glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 23 2 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 27 BRR adla 06RGARf teen 7 25 A Engine Olli filer Cap ae 7 22 SE NGNE Oil CiOStGK erence e 7 22 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 26 PAIS CICANC ene rase on 7 29 BEF USE POSTO reece n 7 51 9 Positive battery terminal 7 34 10 Negative battery terminal 7 34 if equipped The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration ORB070100 Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 14 Child restraint system 3 26 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 34 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Driver s seat 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle Seat cushion height Headrest Armrest q eee ee ee 3 4 5 Front passenger s seat 6 Forward and backward 7 Seatback angle 8 Headrest Rear seat 9 Headrest 10 Seatback folding ao If equipped ORB030001N Safety features of your vehicle d WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera
77. gt Select Phone gt Press the Waas key gt Select Phone gt disconnected to proceed with the delet Select Paired Phone List Select Paired Phone List ing process If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted e To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select the From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and select device you want to delete and select Disconnect button Delete button n i ed Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technolo device connected press the PHONE key to display the Phone menu screen 9 A 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used contacts saved for easy access 2 Call History Device the call history list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related set tings NOTICE e If you select the Call History button but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data If you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data e This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more infor mation on download support refer to your mobile phone user s ma
78. hot If this hap pens you should L Zi UJ Pull off the road and stop as soon as it Is Safe to do so Place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air con ditioning is on turn it off If engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 UI Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the car If the air con ditioning had been in use it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keepin
79. in checking is not recommended with for thread style before installing more than one compac t spare aftermarket lug nuts or wheels tire in use at the same time If in doubt consult an author ized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergency The compact spare should be inflat ed to 60 psi 420 kPa NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is Smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the Smaller size a
80. in your tires This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure When replacing tires never mix radial and bias ply tires on the same car You must replace all tires including the Spare if moving from radial to bias ply tires Continued Maintenance Continued e Using tires and wheel other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident Wheels that do not meet HY UNDAI s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size Originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Maintenance MR Compact spare tire replacement if equipped A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire Should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regu
81. ing device is strong When entering and passing through tunnels Continued Continued When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms e Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected e When making calls by stating a name the corresponding contact must be downloaded and stored within the audio system e After downloading the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone book it takes some times to convert the phone book data into voice information During this time voice recognition may not properly operate e Pronounce the voice commands natu rally and clearly as if in a normal con versation Features of your vehicle The Bluetooth and Voice Recognition Manual is provided in two versions due to software version differences Before reading the manual check the following Press the key in FM Radio screen 1 If you can find FM lt 87 5 107 9 gt on the screen gt Go to 4 112 page 2 If you can find FM lt 89 1 gt on the screen gt Go to 4 155 page j Features of your vehicle BM CD Player AC180SBAN AC180SBKN AC1BOSBAN AC1BOSBKN Type A No Bluetooth logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature
82. is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer before the car is driven again Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light O BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not op
83. is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be Sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Maintenance Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear Is usually caused by incorrect tire pres Sure Improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness __ lt Maintenance 5 5 x 5 5 OBH078040 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and b
84. km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 192 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched ule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety mat ters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting prob lem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HY UNDAI dealer for details 3 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace N x Maintenance n ea See NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 102 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 204 months Q Add fuel additive 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 204 months 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 108 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q I
85. mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Nas Cooling ea 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on ORB040066L Features of your vehicle ORB040067 Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Five sym bols are used to represent F ive Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters i Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters el F
86. months Q Add fuel additive 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 72 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HY UNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace no Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 42 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 84 months Q Add fuel additive 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 84 months 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped Q Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Continued Continued Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections O Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect par
87. obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears J BM005 e Station Swapping As an FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another Station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by Signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equip ment In such a case use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment A CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a sepa rate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation o
88. of the heating and cooling system Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic oper ation the functions not selected will be controlled automatically 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Naf Cooling Se 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem ORB040347N Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows p lt Pry gt Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Features of your vehicle Floor amp Defrost Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Face Level 19 Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can b
89. of your vehicle ORB040346N ORB040343 Air conditioning OFF mode Push the A C button to turn the air condi Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli tioning system on indicator light will illu mate control system However you can minate still operate the mode and air intake but Push the button again to turn the air con tONS as long as the ignition switch is in ditioning system off the ON position Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out Side rear view mirrors and all side win dows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield ORB040075N Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the or WY position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the WY position is selected air conditioning will also be selected automatically If the air conditioning and or outside fresh air position are not selecte
90. off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity If not it could lead to an overheated power outlet or electric wiring in the vehicle and electric systems may malfunc tion Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Continued Continued e Make sure that the electric devices are plugged in securely If not it could cause a malfunction of electric systems e If you use an electric device with a battery electric current may flow from the electric device into the vehicle and may cause a mal function of electric systems Only use electric devices which could prevent inverse current Features of your vehicle Setup the clock With audio off 1 Press the SETUP button until the clock of the display blinks 2 Set the clock by turning the knob 1 and press It With audio on 1 Press the SETUP button 2 Select the CLOCK mode by turning the knob 1 and press it ORB044086N 3 Set the clock by turning the knob 1 and press It agio OUN026348 Clothes hanger if equipped To use the hanger pull down the upper
91. one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs Is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab WARNING e When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accel erator pedal for a long period of time lt may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored If you do not focus on driving it may cause an accident Be care ful when operating items that may distract from such as audio or heater controls lt is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely with full atten tion to the task of driving Drivin our vehicle KEY ORBC050001 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft if equipped The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to
92. out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries ORBC030021 Fe N S oy d gt f ORB035053L Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side impact air bags and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations d WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Safety features of your vehicle Continued Use of seat covers could reduce WARNING The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags
93. passenger Seat Its electron ic field may cause the ODS to Switch to the on condition and thus allow the passenger air bag to deploy needlessly in a colli sion increasing your repair costs The adult or child in the front pas senger s seat who is not seated correctly for example seat exces sively reclined leaning on the door or center console or hips shifted forward in the seat can cause a condition where the occu pant detection system senses less field than if the occupant were seated properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi fied as a child and illumination of the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instru ment panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system If there is a mal function of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat If the SRS air bag warning light does not illu minate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON pos
94. portion of hanger Digital clock if equipped CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes because it may damage the hook Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows Floor mat anchor s When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward WARNING The floor mat must be properly anchored so that it will not interfere with the operation of the accelera tor pedal Any interference with the accelerator pedal could cause the accelerator pedal to be unable to return to the idle position A pedal that cannot return to the idle posi tion could lead to an accident which may result in severe person al injury or death WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle so that it will not inter fere with the pedal Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each posi tion IMPORTANT Your vehi
95. position before driving Features of your vehicle ORBC040019 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed A CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you Start driving ORB040020 Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview Clarity in the night position Features of your vehicle Side View Mirrors Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand side view mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing In a narrow Street CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this
96. released from the cool ing system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Continued Continued Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure Causing seri ous injury WARNING The electric motor cooling fan is con x trolled by engine gT coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed lt may some times operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant tem perature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a normal condition If your vehicle is equipped with GDI the electric motor cooling fan may operate until you disconnect the negative battery cable ORB071005N Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized or soft water Bring the level to F but do not overfill If fre quent additions are required see an
97. that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Ply A layer of rubber coated parallel cords Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber chemicals fabric and steel or other materials that when mounted on an automo tive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load Production options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb 2 3 kg in excess of the standard items which they replace not previ ously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Maintenance nnn TT Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum spee
98. the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch Power window lock button The driver can disable the power window Switches on the front and rear passen gers doors by pressing the power window lock switch to lock position pressed When the power window lock switch Is pressed the driver s master control can not operate the front and rear passen gers power windows Features of your vehicle A CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window Switch in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed Features of your vehicle ORBC044012 a 7 ORB040011 i i ORB040010 Opening the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise tte 3 Pull out the support rod from the 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood slightly push the secondary latch engine room 3 hood The hood should pop open 1 to the left and lift the hood 2 4 Hold the hood open with the support slightly rod 4 Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing All fille
99. the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the next upper gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the next lower gear Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents Shifting the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion if equipped 3 Move the shift lever ORB054041N Shift lock override if equipped If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock override access hole 2 Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriv er 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi ately Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Even if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position the key also cannot be removed Good driving practices Never move the gear shift lever from P Park or N Neutral
100. the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked if equipped and electrical accessories are operative NOTICE If difficulty is experienced in turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started To prevent discharge of the battery do not leave ignition switch on for long time while engine is not running START Turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warn ing lamp can be checked in this position 4 WARNING Ignition switch Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manu al transaxle or P Park for auto matic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these pre cautions are not taken Never reach for the ignition switch or any other controls through the steeri
101. the download feature e To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual e The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded Contacts key Select Phone gt Downloadin Press the Select Contacts Download As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed NOTICE e Upon downloading phone contacts the previous corresponding data is deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being downloaded Outgoing Volume Press the matted key Select Phone gt CLOCK Select Outgoing Volume Use TUNE knob to adjust the outgo ing volume level NOTICE While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Features of your vehicle Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone gt Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be Supported within the audio system NOTICE To turn Bluetooth _Wireless Technology back on go to Ba gt Phone and select Yes Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION if equipped model Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steer ing wheel Say a command If prompt feed
102. the front seatback to the upright sudden stop Objects carried on the position and if necessary slide the folded down seatback should not front seat forward extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks Doing this could 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest i position allow cargo to slide forward and ORBC032022 cause injury or damage during sud 4 Pullon the seatback folding lever then den stops fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle dn i i n pi i n Safety features of your vehicle 4 a E a a J 4 ORBRO30031 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Push the seat back firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback Return the rear seat belt to the proper position NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor after returning the seatback to the upright position press the seatbelt and seatback at the same time Then pull the belt out You will be able to pull the belt out smoothly CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When folding the rear seatback insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback A CAUTION Rear seat belt
103. the number that you want to call Connects the most recently called number Provide guidance on how to use voice recognition and Bluetooth connections e When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1FM2AMXM1 XM2 gt X M 3 F M1 e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen Vhen currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played FM screen Displays the FM1 screen Displays the FM2 screen Displays the AM screen Features of your vehicle Command Function Command Function FM Preset1 6 Plays the most recently played broadcast My Music Plays the music saved in My Music saved in FM Preset 1 6 AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device AM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth FM 87 5 107 9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding device frequency Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment AM 530 1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Mute Mutes the sound frequency Cancel Exit Ends voice command XM Satellite e When currently listening to the XM main tains the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played XM screen XM Satellite 1 3 Displays the selected XM screen XM Channel Plays the selected XM chan
104. then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjust ment control to position the selected mir ror up down left or right After the adjustment put the switch into the neutral center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment Features of your vehicle ORB040024 Folding the side view mirror if equipped To fold side view mirror grasp the hous ing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 1 Tachometer 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer t A ee g bE 4 Engine temperature gauge e TA fies Li 5 Warning and indicator lights z 6 Fuel gauge 7 Odometer Trip computer E Type B orn The actual cluster in the vehicle may af f differ from the illustration Tf For more details refer to the Gauges section in the next pages I cause SET Er DA mas o 5 ORB045025N 0RB045026N Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type A ORB040031N ORB040305 pera N M Type B LM 0RB040332 Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on turn the dial to the upper or lower part of the switch to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination ORB040030N ORB040306 Gauges Tacho meter Speedometer The tachometer indicates the approxi The speedometer indicates the speed of mate number of engine revolutions per the vehicle minute
105. to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly dn i cael Driving your vehicle ESC operation When operating ESC OFF condition ESC ON condition When the ESC is in operation To cancel ESC operation eWhen the ignition is turned ON ESC ESC indicator light blinks 22 and ESC OFF indicator lights illumi lt lt When the Electronic Stability OFF nate for approximately 3 seconds then Control is operating properly ESC is turned on you can feel a slight pulsation State 1 e Press the ESC OFF button for at least in the vehicle This is only the half a second after turning the ignition effect of brake control and indi ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indica cates nothing unusual tor will illuminate To turn the ESC on When moving out of the mud press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF Or driving on a slippery road indicator light will go off pressing the accelerator Teton Cantal eWhen starting the engine you may pedal may not cause the hear a slight ticking sound This is the eng
106. vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attaching hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched CAUTION Make sure nothing is near the tail gate latch and striker while closing the tailgate lt may damage the tail gate s latch Features of your vehicle j Features of your vehicle WINDOWS a p 1 Driver s door power window switch r 2 Front passenger s door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down Driver s window 7 Power window lock switch If equipped NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions N ORB043008L Features of your vehicle Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls that door s window The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of pas senger windows The driver s door has a master power window switch t
107. vehicle and engine damage or cause plugging misfiring poor accel eration engine stalling catalyst melting abnormal corrosion life cycle reduction etc Also the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL may illuminate NOTICE Damage to the fuel system or perform ance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful man ganese based fuel additives such as MMT Methylcyclopentadieny Manganese Tricarbony HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and affect your emission con trol system The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system engine control system and emission control system A CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help prevent deposit for mation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Con
108. water and thoroughly dried Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cos metic oil sun cream hand cleaner and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Maintenance E Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cl
109. 0 633 5151 Central Region Illinois Indiana lowa Kentucky Michigan Minnesota Nebraska North Dakota South Dakota Ohio Wisconsin Kansas Missouri Central Region 1705 Sequoia Drive Aurora Illinois 60506 800 633 5151 Western Region Alaska Arizona California Colorado Hawaii Idaho Montana Nevada Oregon Utah Washington Wyoming Western Region 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20850 Fountain Valley California 92728 0850 800 633 5151 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New J ersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Index A
110. 0 255 Play the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle Audio CD commands Commands available during Audio MP3 CD USB commands Commands available during CD operation USB and MP3 CD operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen folder tial order Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Repeat Repeats the current track order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen Repeat Repeats the current file tial order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder Features of your vehicle e iPod
111. 28 months 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 120 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped Q Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Continued Continued Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 240 months O Replace coolant First 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 120 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 240 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your
112. 30023 Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indi cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints Safety features of your vehicle LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are A CAUTION adits a nes for de located in the left and right outboard rear Do not allow the rear seat belt web LATCH system is under 65 Ibs 30 kg seating positions Their locations are bing to get scratched or pinched by How to calculate the child restraint shown in the illustration There is no the child seat latch and LATCH weight LATCH anchor provided for the center anchor during the installation Child MPE weight poar Se Aung Posen 65 Ibs 30 kg Child weight The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from Side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air
113. 43303L Auto up down window if equipped Driver s window Depressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch Is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window Is in Operation pull up or depress and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Features of your vehicle Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window Is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when
114. 60003 1 BA6025 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun 7 Place the jack at the front or rear terclockwise one turn each but do jacking position closest to the tire not remove any nut until the tire you are changing Place the jack has been raised off the ground at the designated locations under the frame j What to do in an emergency A CAUTION Place the jack so it does not damage the plastic guard If you place the jack at the plastic guard and jack up the vehicle the plas tic guard may be damaged ORBC060004 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 1 2 in 30 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flatso it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the Spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel Slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs
115. 7 40 Wheel replacement Pasian da ear es eee wae iad 7 42 Trecand a helios g 3 Towing iii 6 32 Towing capacity Se EEE 5 44 Transaxle Automatic transaxle stele cai acari Renn 5 1 0 Manual transaxle BBS a e ae 5 7 Trip computer a delle Bal wie nn n a 4 39 Trunk MPT TIC ECT COTTI TTT 4 1 D Vehicle break in PIOCESS iiaa 1 5 Vehicle capacity weight E a EE dae 5 43 Vehicle certification label 0000000000000 0000 8 6 Vehicle curb weight PPT TSI 5 48 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Vehicle identification number VIN 00 8 6 Vehicle load limit iii 5 43 Cargo capacity ERE RENE RR RAR TIRES 5 44 Certification label iii iii 5 46 Seating capacity LIARS OA A ESA AR a 5 44 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 5 44 Tire and loading information label 5 43 Towing capacity erre eee ee ee eee 00 00 000000000 0000000000 5 44 Vehicle capacity weight iSeec eee Rew 33 35 3tXF t 0N 5 43 Vehicle stability management ee ee a 5 26 Vehicle weight Ere ect ee Cee eee ee eT er Tere ree re 5 48 Base curb weight TITTI IIIa es 5 48 Cargo weight Seer meee reece reese eee cere eer seeeseeseesees 5 48 GAW Gross axle weight SUE Te CE TET ECE ETE CeCe ee ee 5 48 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 48 GVW Gross vehicle weight SURGES SHAN As Cee eee ees 5 48 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 0000000 5 48 Vehicle curb weight IE 5 48 Volume wei ght CARRERA aa 8 3 W Warning and indicators rrr ees 4 44 Washer fl
116. 9 Rear seat iii 3 9 Seatback pocket RR SW RS BE WA Reece BR eee ole Se We wee eee Oe 3 8 Side impact air bag Verte EN ee ee ee 3 50 Side VIEW mirror eee ees 4 33 Sliding armrest iii iii iii 4 87 Smooth cornering SIIT 5 36 Snow tires TITTI TI CAT TOR CI I 13 31 eee eT ee UT 5 39 Index Spare tire Compact spare tire ee IRE OA ee ee eae eee 6 23 Compact spare tire replacement 2s s2 ssa 7 42 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 18 Special driving CONGITIONS settee ee 5 35 Driving at night E E II I RE RO EPTO Se ww ww ore 5 36 Driving in flooded areas 5 37 Driving in the rains ss eee 5 37 Hazardous driving conditions e 5 35 Highway driving Lesa ati iii ee ee ee 5 38 Rocking the vehicle 0000000000000 000 5 35 Smooth cornering dEi 5 36 Speedometer LOLITA er ee E Rene 4 3 5 SRS components and functions EEE EEEE AA E EEEE 3 37 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 3 Steering M1 61312 GO cc 4 30 Electric power steering Sti ITS 103 ew awed 4 30 Horn iii 4 32 Tilt and telescopic steering CORE S E E E E E 4 31 Steering wheel audio control iii 4 98 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 5 44 Storage compartment CITITTIITTI TIT I TIC I VE WS 4 87 Center console storage Sane RUS Wh Gece Sew 10 le Se E E Ge ew eee aes 4 87 Glove box TEE ETEEN E E E E 4 88 Luggage net ittici iii eee 4 89 Sliding armrest screenees 4 87 Sunglass IO 5 RR eee ees 4 88 Eee NI IflYMHH X58N
117. AC180SBKN AC1BOSBAN AC1BOSBKN Type B No Bluetooth logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Audio Head Unit for Bluetooth equipped model Duricot fo ee 1 GB EJ ECT e Ejects the disc A e Changes to FM AM Sirius XM mode e Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM XM1 XM2 XM3 In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turnedCon When the pop up screen is displayed use the TUNE knob or keys WGI to select the desired mode di e Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode e Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned When the pop up screen is displayed use the TUNE knob or keys Ga to select the desired mode 4 GIONS for Bluetooth Wireless Technology equipped model e Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed SEEK A 5 DALLO Radio Mode Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forward
118. AE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose 1 BA4068 Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of Snow tires is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use gen uine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after going over the instruction Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty When using tire chains install them on the front tires only Driving your vehicle N CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance wi
119. CD USB mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the key gt Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song K Press RPT again to turn off Features of your vehicle Folder Random Press the key gt Set ZIF RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press F RDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key Set BIF RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the current folder K Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or GZ key to randomly play all songs within the CD USB x Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key gt Set Copy through the TUNE knob or GB key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPod AUX while copying Is in progress copying is can celed Music will not be played while copying is in progress MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat
120. Con Y through TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off 41118 Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key gt Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is displayed on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob Normal On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instruc tions during voice command operation e Expert Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information dur ing voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instruc tions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the lan guage is changed Language support by region English Francais Espanol Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM OR SIRIUSXM SEEK Press the key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Changes the frequency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next frequency Preset SEEK
121. DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING CAUTION and NOTICE These titles indicate the following 4 CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded Follow the advice provided with the caution NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided F3 FOREWORD Thank you for choosing Hyundai We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive Hyundais The advanced engineering and high quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we re very proud Your Owner s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai It is suggested that you read it care fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new Car The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal er Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high quality service maintenance and any other assistance that may be required HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA Note Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual if you sell this Hyundai please leave the man ual in the vehicle for their use Thank you CAUTION Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet
122. DIMENSIONS 2 in mm 4 Door tem Y 5 Door Bore x Stroke 3 03x3 36 77x85 44 in mm Stop and tail light 28 8 P28 8W 5 Door 27 PY27W Back up lights 16 W16W High mounted stop 16 W16W igh 5 wwo License plate lights 5 W5W L L P175 70 R14 59 3 1507 59 3 1507 Front tread 58 6 1489 59 5 1511 59 5 1511 58 8 1493 101 2 2570 FESTOON If equipped Type A MFR Multi Focus Reflector Headlamp Type B Bi Function Projection Headlamp 8 2 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure bar psi kPa i at Wheel lug nut torque x1 Tire size Normal load Maximum load Ib ft kgem Nem P175 70 R14 5 5 x14 Full size tire 33 230 33 230 33 230 33 230 P195 50 R16 6 0 x16 65 79 Compact 9 11 88 107 spare tire 7125 80D15 3 5 x15 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 420 if equipped x Normal load Up to 3 persons If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire your vehicle will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit A CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly CAPACITY WEIGHT Gasoline 1 6 Gross vehicle weight 3 527 1600 bs kg 5 Door 3 549 1610 _ Luggage volume cuft 5 Door 21 2 600 Specifications Consumer information Repor
123. ES 6 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS A By Cy DE FG ala K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY CHE SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY BAH AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60 000 MILES 96 000 KM Ane ETE GMI MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75 000 MILES 120 000 KM D E P lll FRONT BRAKE DISC PADS CALIPERS MORE FREQUENTLY CD GE REAR BRAKE DISC PADS MORE FREQUENTLY CADE REAR BRAKE DRUMS LININGS MORE FREQUENTLY CAD F PARKING BRAKE MORE FREQUENTLY Cy D Inl STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS MORE FREQUENTLY PETE GE LOWER ARM BALL J OINT UPPER ARM BALL J OINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS EVERY 7 500 MILES 12 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS C D E F Grable CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles 8 km in nor E Driving in sandy areas mal temperature or less than 10 miles 16 km in freezing temperature F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C R MORE FREQUENTLY CE B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack roads Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very J Driving over 106 mph 170 km h 7 cold weather K Frequen
124. Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps changing while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero E Type A M Type B Elapsed Time 12 34 ORB045042N Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps increasing while the engine is running The meter s working range is from 00 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 00 00 E Type A M Type B ORB045309N Outside thermometer if equipped The current outside temperature is dis played in 1 C 1 F increments The tem perature range is between 40 C 60 C 40 F 140 F The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive Features of your vehicle E Type A M Type B E Type A E Type B E Type A M Type B ORBR045309 Icy road warning light if equipped This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy when Ignition ON Temperature range below 39 2 F 4 C The warning light will blink for 10 sec onds and then illuminate Also the warn ing chime will sound NOTICE If the icy road warni
125. Features of your vehicle SiriusXM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels Enjoy Sirius XM Satellite Radio with a 3 month trial subscription to the Sirius Select package You ll get over 140 channels including commercial free music plus all your favorite sports exclusive talk enter tainment and a selection of premium pro gramming For more information and a complete list of SiriusXM channels visit sir lusxm com in the United States siriusxm ca in Canada or call SiriusXM at 1 888 539 1474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehi cle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio system Like AM FM there are several fac tors that can affect satellite radio reception performance Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the anten na clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SiriusXM Satellite Radio service SiriusXM is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment program ming to radio recei
126. G Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with advanced air bags improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety con tained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned driver and passengers can be severely injured by inflat ing air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in th
127. MP3 CD USB modes Folder Search 12 OTUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right e CD USB iPod My Music mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus 13 E Peset e Radio Mode Saves frequencies chan nels or receives saved frequencies channels e CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected dn i i i i n Features of your vehicle Audio Head Unit Prunu SAT MEDA 14 e Changes to FM mode e Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM 15 SI e Changes to XM mode Features of your vehicle SETUP Mode Pop up Sound Settings Mode Pop up gt Changes Con Coff CETUID Display Settings selection mode Press the key Select Sound gt During On state press the or Select menu through TUNE knob key to display the Press the key Select Display gt mode change pop up screen Select menu through TUNE knob Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder F ile or Album Artist S ong Features of your vehicle Tone This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble Select Tone gt Select menu through TUNE knob gt Turn TUNE k
128. ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the toggle switch up to RES NOTICE Always check the road conditions when you move the toggle switch up to RES to resume the speed ORB051030N To turn cruise control off do one of the following Push the cruise ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED aw Limitation of Active ECO pS operation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine temperature becomes normal When driving up a hill LF x The system will be limited to gain pa a ORB050017 power when driving uphill because the Active ECO operation lea Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency The system will be limited according to by controlling the engine and transaxle the manually selected gear But fuel efficiency can be changed by the When the accelerator pedal is deeply driver s driving habit
129. OYFH034205 Adjusting the height up and down Removal To raise the headrest pull it up to the A CAUTION To remove the headrest desired position 1 To lower the head Jf you recline the seatback towards 1 Recline the seatback 2 with the rest push and hold the release button 2 the front with the headrest and seat recline lever 1 on the headrest support and lower the cushion raised the headrest ma 2 Raise headrest as far as it can go headrest to the desired position 3 y 3 come in contact with the sunvisor 3 Press the headrest release button 3 or other parts of the vehicle while pulling the headrest up 4 Safety features of your vehicle ORB030033 Reinstall To reinstall the headrest 1 Put the headrest poles 2 into the holes while pressing the release but ton 1 2 Recline the seatback 4 with the recline lever 3 3 Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height x NF2041 1 Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passenger s head from moving rearward and thus helps prevent neck injuries i E ORB030017 Seatback pocket if equipped The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s and driver s seatbacks Safety features of your vehicle ONF039401 Rear seat Headrest The rear seat s is equipped with head
130. Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen lt Audio CD gt lt MP3 CD gt lt My Music gt The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing EBR PT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current fold er Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing EIB RDM key Audio CD iPod My Music mode RDM on screen e Random press the key songs in random order Plays all Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen e Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current folder in ran dom order MP3 CD USB mode ALL RDM on screen All Random pressing twice Plays all files in random order XPress the key again to turn off repeat Changing Song File While song file is playing MAGE key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the key IS pressed again within 1 second the previous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song SEEK TRACK
131. UNDAI dealer Driving your vehicle DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a mal function in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop Anti lock brake system ABS The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants
132. above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions Safety features of your vehicle The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact WARNING gira E ee LL e In order for side and curtain air components of the side curtain ity angle spee pact bags to provide the best protec Rei impact air bags and curtain air bags on tion front seat occupants and ae id pe ae re both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a outboard rear occupants should a rollover or possible rollover is detected sit in an upright position with the i i The curtain air bags are not designed to seat belts properly fastened Failure to follow the above instruc deploy in all side impact or rollover situa Importantly children should sit in tions can resultin injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an acci tions i i i a proper child restraint system in Hess the rear seat When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked posi tion Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the
133. aced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a LATCH system if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer w
134. acts E x Call J ohn Smith Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Mobile in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith on Mobile Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Office in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith in Office Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Home in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith at Home Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Other in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith on Other Provides guidance on Phone related com mands After saying this command say Favorites Call History Contacts or Dial Number execute corresponding functions Displays the Favorite screen Displays the Call History screen Command Contacts Call by Name Dial Number Redial Tutorial Radio FM1 FM One FM2 FM Two AM Function Displays the Contacts screen After saying this command say the name of a contact saved in the Contacts to automatically con nect the call Displays the Dial number screen After saying this command you can say the number that you want to call Connects the last dialed call number Provides guidance on how to use voice recognition and Bluetooth connections e When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1FM2AMXM1 XM2 gt X M 3 F M1 e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen Vhen currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state When
135. addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW E DOOrlOcCkK UMoOck DURON are a 4 8 2 Side view mirror control switch 4 34 3 Central door lock SWEN aie een 4 9 4A Power window lock DUtton ee 4 19 5 Power window Switches errer 4 16 6 Instrument panel illumination control SICA ence mak ter eee teh tere ene 4 37 Pee SCIO RE DUMOI tee cee ee ee eee 5 21 CA ACINGIECO UO 5 32 9 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 23 10 Trunk lid release lever 4 Door 4 12 TIEUS EDO a ace ntene ent 7 51 12 Hood release lever 4 21 I Brake pe da TAa eee 5 16 14 Accelerator pedali naia 5 6 15 Steering wheel tilt and telescopic evergreen 4 31 if equipped ORB014001N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW Divers ront air Dada een 3 46 RAEE e rer he ae cee 4 32 5 Elfelate CONO SCI WEIS Sansssssssuse 4 54 4 hnstrument cluster eee 4 36 SWiperWaeshers a a 4 59 OLONO SWIC s e meres erate E 5 5 7 Digitalcdlock and audio e 4 92 4 97 By Steering wheel a a a 4 30 9 Steering wheel audio control 4 98 10 Climate control system 4 67 4 76 11 Hazard warning
136. ains are installed In accordance with the manufactur er s Instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed A CAUTION Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a Set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult you
137. air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 144 months Q Add fuel additive x N 3 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 144 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched ule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety mat ters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting prob lem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HY UNDAI dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n MM EEEEEEEEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 78 months Continued J Rotate tires Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 168 months Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner fi
138. air filter stoppers by turning them counter cover while pressing the lock of the 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of clockwise on both sides cover disassembly NOTICE Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol facing downwards Otherwise the climate control effects may decrease possibly with a noise Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1 BA5122 Blade inspection x NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind Shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly A CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maint
139. alanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced A CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights i i a Tread wear indicator Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire OEN076053 j d WARNING Replacing tires To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle control Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure
140. anelialluminationivsvrririricariera 4 37 Odom lefi sssrrreraniziaitpapisar iraniana 4 40 Speedometer iii 4 37 Tachometer SUITE e ne 4 3 7 Trip computer iii 4 39 Warning and indicators iii 4 44 Instrument panel fuse lane e e 7 5 2 Instrument panel illumination 4599 Instrument panel OVELVIEW iii iii cei nec ie iii iii I Interior care iii iii 7 74 Interior features iii 4 88 Aux USB and iPod port PE EREE E A EE 4 94 Cargo area coyer iii eee 4 93 Clothes hanger E RR ie eae aS ee 4 92 Cup holder sc crete eee eee eee eees 4 90 Digital Clock coerce cei ie 4 92 Floor mat anchor s PARETO ee ee ARTT 4 93 Power outlet 4 9 SUDVISOL Gee re 4 90 Interior light ee ee ee ee er ee EEEE 4 63 Interior overview oe rei DE gie Jack and tools iii iii 6 17 Jump starting Finita tibie han ee ee ee re 6 4 _K Key lalilaShibaa Aaa E E 5 5 Keys E SO CORO SORTI POT 4 3 Index E Label Air bag warning label E alia al e 3 60 Refrigerant label bis aie Ga Wn Mie Rie eae ee 8 7 Tire sidewall labeling eSNG NW GW WW SI Wie oe Sera we Breve Os 7 43 Tire specification and pressure label s s c 32 1212 lt 8 7 Vehicle certification label pela iii 8 6 Light bulbs Sie WB ese Wie Be lai e en 7 60 Lighting eae ctl acter ia aa TE Re cala AR nre 4 53 Battery saver function CA 4 5 3 Lower anchor Seer ee RAEE REA SEO I ATO NE COIN ERO EE SOR ee A 3 32 Lubricants and capacities E I E SEA PRA E 8 4 Luggage net PT nn 4 89 M Ma
141. ark in parking restricted areas to operate the product Such acts could lead to traffic accidents Use the system with the vehicle ignition turned on Prolonged use with the ignition turned off could result in battery discharge A CAUTION Operating the device while driv ing could lead to accidents due to a lack of attention to external sur roundings First park the vehicle before operating the device Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear sounds from outside of the vehicle Driving in a state where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to accidents Pay attention to the volume set ting when turning the device on A sudden output of extreme vol ume upon turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off the device Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e Turn on the car ignition before using this device Do not operate the audio system for long periods of time with the ignition turned off as such operations may lead to battery discharge Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may cause damage to the LCD or touch screen e When cleaning the device make sure to turn off the device and use a dry and smooth cloth Never use tough materials chem ical cloths or solvents alcohol benzene thinners etc as such materials may damage the device pa
142. articularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be Sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean
143. as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wear ing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the occu pant Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each seat belt assembly must only be used by one occu pant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant s lap Safety features of your vehicle Vehicle p Chime Below 3 mph Buckled gt 3 mph 6 seconds Unbuckled 6 mph A
144. ation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT A CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running lt may cause battery discharge Automatic turn off function if equipped The interior lights automatically turn off approximately 20 minutes after the igni tion switch Is turned off ORB040057 Map lamp Push the lens 1 to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger e DOOR In the DOOR position the map lamp and the room lamp come on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the trans mitter the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradu ally after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition Switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK posi tion the map lamp and the room lamp Stay on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp and the room lamp stay on continuously Features of your vehicle ON Map lamp and room lamp stay on at all ti
145. atures of your vehicle NOTICE Favorites Call History When an incoming call pop up is dis Press the key Select played most Audio and SETUP mode Favorites features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones Press the key Select Call History 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded contacts be saved as favorite A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed e Call history may not be saved in the call x NOTICE history list in some mobile phones e To save Favorite contacts should be Calls received with hidden caller ID will downloaded not be saved in the call history list e Contact saved in Favorites will not be Calling through the call history is not automatically updated if the contact possible when there is no call history has been updated in the phone To stored or a Bluetooth Wireless update Favorites delete the Favorite Technology phone is not connected and create a new Favorite Up to 20 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not saved Features of your vehicle Contacts NOTICE e Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone can be downloaded into the car con tacts Contacts that have been down loaded to the car cannot be edited o
146. authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection Maintenance Recommended engine coolant When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to pre vent corrosion and freezing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol n ORBC072006 coolant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as generator For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Ambient Mixture Percentage volume Temperature Antifreeze SF SO Bro o o STESO as SO 60 Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH FLUID Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capaci CAUTION ties in section 8 Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint N
147. ax 10 A 1A Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 C Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 6 3 x 5 9 x 2 2 in 161 x 150 x 55 8 mm Sealant bottle 3 3 x 3 1 in 85 x 81 mm Compressor weight 1 62 lbs 0 06 Ibs 735 g 25 g Sealant volume 12 2 cu in 200 ml __ j What to do in an emergency TOWING Itis acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the HXD02 front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OMC045012 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and tow A CAUTION ing procedures are necessary to prevent Do not tow with sling type equip Na etn Pa ment Use wheel lift or flatbed l equipment Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle HXD03
148. ay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric sys tems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and termi nals may be fastened incomplete ly and it may cause a possible fire If fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driv er or wiring lt may cause contact failure and system malfunction Driver s side panel ORB070018 Instrument panel fuse replace ment 1l Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover a Panait ES BE ORB070019 3 Pull tne suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HY UNDAI dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blo
149. back is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP e To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to ii gt system gt Prompt Feedback NOTICE For proper recognition say the com mand after the voice instruction and beep tone Contact List Best Practices 1 Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom Kim etc Instead always use full names includ ing first and lastnames for all contacts e g use Jacob Stevenson instead of Dad 2 Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgt 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CF D 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk amper sand amp 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa J oseph instead of Pa J oe Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stated Shortly press the key on the steer ing remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice command Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steer ing remote controller The comma
150. bag Side impact air bag Curtain air bag pp eee ee 1 2 3 4 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration ORB035051L Information Provided by e 75 i i i als fs Ces Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision in order to help protectthe occupants from seri ous physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate by the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors deter mine whether the sensors send out an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle Speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limit ed to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In addition to inflating in certain side collisions vehicles equipped with a rollo
151. bags B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols B240B05L Safety features of your vehicle Continued Before you replace a fuse or dis WARNING If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light 2 does not illumi nate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer Continued connect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to
152. bels writ ten only in English Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized Hyundai Dealerships Genuine uyunpai Parts 28511 33361 MANIFOLD EXHAUST MADE IN KOREA 1 PC LK ME I A100A02L A100A03L A100A04L F5 Information Provided by IDZA L R Introduction a Your vehicle at a glance PSI Safety features of your vehicle 3 Features of your vehicle 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Driving your vehicle 5 What to do in an emergency 6 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects oe Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle break in process 1 5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Introduction E HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving experience from your vehicle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recom mend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the text in this manual to best explain how to use your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents A good place to startis the index it has an alpha betical listing of all information
153. belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips nao el Safety features of your vehicle When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The automatic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract Aa l 4 4 J n a S 3 B210A01NF 1 H To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 in the locking buckle When itis releas
154. belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fasten ing them over a child After an accident have an author ized HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Using a child restraint system 0RB030026 For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the WARNING Child seat rear seats installation A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the vehicle and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint Before installing the child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer WARNING Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger that an inflating passenger side air bag could impact the rear facing child restraint and Kill the child a If the seat belt
155. ber You can find more detailed commands in the user s More Help N gt manual Please say a command after the beep More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can Say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Ending voice command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds f BEEP D Additionally there are phone commands like Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say the contact name you want to call Please say a command after the beep Cancel D e Skipping Voice Recognition Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds while guidance message is being stated Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds fa EEA or Rea gt Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available dur ing certain operations Command More Help Help Call lt Name gt Call lt Name gt on Mobile Call lt Name gt in Office Call lt Name gt at Home Call lt Name gt on Other Phone Favorites Call History Function Provides guidance on commands that can be used anywhere in the system Provides guidance on commands that can be used within the current mode Calls lt Name gt saved in Cont
156. blanket in towards the front of the seat board the front passenger seat or seat back pocket 1KMN3662 1KMN 3664 ONE MLE Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center Never place feet on the front pas front passenger seatback console senger seatback Never sit on one side of the front passenger Seat Safety features of your vehicle Proper position B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK or OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag Ifthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat WARNING Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a crash If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator remains illuminat ed after the adult passenger reposi tions themselves properly and the car is restarted it is recommended that passenger move to the rear seat because the passenger s f
157. ble After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations j What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire it will take up less Space than a regular size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only N CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used To prevent the jack jack handle A Installation of a non metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire CAUTION thread nut on a metric stud or from rattling while the vehicle is in e You should drive carefully vice versa will not secure the motion store them properly when the compact spare is in wheel to the hub properly and use The compact spare will damage the stud so that it should be replaced by the must be replaced proper conventional tire and Note that most lug nuts do not AMO cao 2 ICER ormu ney have metric threads Be sure to The operation of this vehicle use extreme care
158. ble to determine the cause of the problem NOTICE If there is a malfunction with the TPMS the low tire pressure position telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle has an under inflated tire What to do in an emergency CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may blink for approximate ly 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radio transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica tor may blink for approximate ly 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated if the snow chains are used or some separate electronic devices such as notebook computer mobile charger remote starter or navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire if equipped A CAUTION Never use a puncture repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant
159. bove 6 mph 6 sec on 24 sec off 1GQA2083 10 km h 11 times Seat belt warning for driver s seat Above 6 mph The driver s seat belt warning light and 10 km h 6 seconds chime will activate to the following table Unbuckled 4 di when the ignition switch is in ON posi Below 3 mph Stop tion 5 km h Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will Stop immediately The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Safety features of your vehicle E B180A01NF 1 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a Sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly xX NOTICE Front seat If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoot
160. bs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn signal lever Slightly and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit dn i i el Features of your vehicle Ore A CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor or unnecessary battery and generator drain could occur c OAM049046N Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to help provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch 1 Is turned to ON after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch to OFF Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS 5 Door e Type B Wiper speed control MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe if equipped LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed B Intermittent wipe time adjustment if equipped Wash with brief wipes front if equipped Features of your vehicle m 5 Door e Type A ORB044369 OAM049048N D Rear wiper washer control J Wash with brief wipes ON Continuous wip
161. c inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched ule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details K N Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance es ai a a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 30 months 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 36 months Q Rotate tires Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Inspect brake hoses and lines 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 60 months 2 Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Add fuel additive Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 60 months Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped O Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 72
162. ce Engine compartment main fuse panel Description J Fuserating Protected component ES Alternator E R Fuse amp Relay Box Multi Fuse ABS 1 ABS 2 MDPS RR HTD BLOWER Fuse A CON 50A I P Junction Box Power Connector Fuse ROOM LP 1 AUDIO Fuse FOG LP FRT ROOM LP 2 STOP LP Relay Tail Lamp WG2 40A Start Relay Ignition Switch 40A Ignition Switch 30A use ECU 2 Engine Control Relay C FAN 40A ooling Fan High Relay Cooling Fan Low Relay 50A P J unction Box Fuse S HEATER SUNROOF DR LOCK HAZARD Relay Power Window HORN 10A rn Relay PUMP 15A uel Pump Relay roa Head Lamp RA roa Head Lamp LH LAMP RH LAMP LH ngine Compartment Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp Relay J LAMP m malo N oe ee D O L FUSE m H LAMP 10A NJECTOR 15A CM PCM Oil Control Valve 1 2 Oxygen Sensor Up Down Fuel Pump Relay M PCM Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Canister Close PEN OG 10A Valve Immobilizer Module A CON Relay Cooling Fan High Relay Cooling Fan Low Relay 0A ECM PCM GN COIL 15A Ignition Coil 1 4 Condenser mim O B UP 10A PCM Transaxle Range Switch Instrument Cluster Rear Combination Lamp LH RH ATM Shift Lever Switch ILL WIPER 10A ECM PCM Multifunction Switch Wiper Front Wiper Motor Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only bulbs of the specified wattage CAUTION Be sure to replace the burne
163. ce I OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehicle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check coolant level in coolant reser voir Check the windshield washer fluid level Look for low or under inflated tires Check the radiator and condenser Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves dirt or insects etc If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condi tion take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance Eee While operating your vehicle Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns Slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pu
164. ce the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may blink or illumi nate after driving about 20 minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extin guish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer A CAUTION If original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated by a HYUNDAI dealer Ifthe TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitor ing system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergency You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurementthan a tire that is cold A cold tire means the vehicle has been s
165. cle s handling and Stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is nota Substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres Sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system Is not oper ating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi nated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminat ed the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons includ ing the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehi cle that prevent the TPMS from func tioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly j
166. cle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation HYUNDAI rec ommends that only the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Features of your vehicle ey ORB041403 Cargo area cover if equipped Use the cover to hide items stored in the cargo area The cargo area cover will be lifted when the tailgate is opened Disconnect the Strap 1 from holder if you want to return the cover to original position To remove the cargo area cover completely lift the cover to a 50 degree angle and pull it out to the full 2 For installation of the cover reverse the removal procedure Features of your vehicle CAUTION When you return the cargo area cover to its original position hold the cover and lower it Do not operate the vehicle with the cover removed It may dam age the cover The cargo area cover may be lift ed when the tailgate is opened Ensure that the luggage on the cover is moved to a safe place Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or malformed do not apply excessive force to the cover or do not put the heavy loads on it Aux USB and iPod port If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod
167. control will ener gize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in nor mal condition Driving your vehicle ORB051030N ORB051033N ORB051032N To set cruise control speed 3 Move the toggle switch down to SET To increase cruise control set 1 Push the cruise ON OFF button on the and release it at the desired speed speed steering wheel to turn the system on IR NA ia Follow either of these procedures The CRUISE indicator light in th i i ee e the accelerator at the same time The Move the toggle switch up to RES instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 25 mph 40 km h and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the toggle switch at the speed you want Move the toggle switch up to RES and release it immediately The cruising Speed will increase by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the toggle switch Is operated in this manner desired speed will automatically be maintained On a Steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill Driving your vehicle ORB051033N To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Move the toggle switch down t
168. d Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking bake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off A CAUTION Automatic transaxle If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neu tral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph 15 km h and drive less than 1 mile 1 5 km when towing Before towing check the auto matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 4 Scheduled maintenance service 7 6 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Engine oil 7 22 Engine coolant 7 23 Brake clutch fluid 7 26 Washer fluid 7 27 Parking brake 7 27 Air cleaner 7 28 Climate control air filter 7 29 Wiper blades 7 31 Battery 7 34 Tires an
169. d at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread ofa tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and dviding by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identi
170. d auto matically press the corresponding button manually Features of your vehicle ORBO4OO76N To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Setthe temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically ORB040348N Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air posi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly adjust the corresponding button man ually If the W position is selected lower fan speed Is adjusted to a higher fan speed ORB040349N To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the MY position is selected lower fan Speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the insi
171. d out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electrical wiring system A CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expert ise consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb s Removing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehi cle Do not install additional bulbs or LED type bulbs If you install that the lamp may not be operated properly and fuse box or electrical wiring system may have a prob lem NOTICE After heavy driving rain or washing headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn t indicate a problem with your vehicle If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance MFR Multi Focus Reflector Headlamp TI BI MFR Multi Focus Reflector Headlamp 5 Remove the bulb from the headlight i p a assembly 6 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with th
172. d quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing A CAUTION Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corros
173. d wheels 7 37 Fuses 7 51 Light bulbs 7 60 Maintenance Appearance care 7 70 Emission control system 7 76 California perchlorate notice 7 79 Maintenance E O ENGINE COMPARTMENT Engine coolant reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Radiator cap Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake clutch fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Positive battery terminal 10 Negative battery terminal O COnN SD VI BW N eae if equipped The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration ORB070100 Maintenance EEE MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform this work An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac tory trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient Servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You shou
174. de in and there is more noise com pare with normal tires N CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire Is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below e When driving on a rough road or off road drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged And after driving inspect tires and wheels e When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged Continued Maintenance n hei Continued If the tire is impacted inspect the tire condition or contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer e To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1 800miles 3 000km A CAUTION It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slight est hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leak age from the tire If the tire is damaged by driv ing on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb stone it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tire infor mation on the tire sidewall Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per squar
175. de of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are controlled auto matically according to certain conditions suchas or GY position To cancel or return the defogging logic do the follow ing ORB040077N Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defrost button 7 3 Press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed Status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic Status ORBO40350N Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Press the defrost button 7 3 While holding the air conditioning A C button pressed press the air intake control button recirculated air position at least 5 times within 3 sec onds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed Status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic Status dn i i n pi i Features of your vehicle Automatic Ventilation if equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running and temperature is below 59 F 15 C with the recirculated
176. desired operation d WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment j What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS TYPE B sa Low Tire alt Pressure ORB045400L 1 Low Tire Pressure Telltale TPMS Malfunction Indicator 2 Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres Sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres Sure telltale illuminates you should Stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire
177. device the connected external USB device can be unrec ognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either SIZBYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection ter minal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or discon nect the USB device in a short peri od of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnecting a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may no
178. dition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 108 months Q Add fuel additive 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 108 months 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 60 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped Q Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 120 months Q Add fuel additive 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 120 months A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur
179. dom pressing twice Plays all files in random order XPress the key again to turn off repeat Changing Song File While song file is playing MAGE key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the key IS pressed again within 1 second the previous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song SEEK TRACK While song file is playing key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song Scan While song file is playing gt RANE key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 sec onds each Press the key again to turn off The SCAN function is not supported in iPod mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing Folder Up key e Searches the next folder While file is playing RESINE F older Down key e Searches the parent folder If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played Searching Songs File e Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files Pressing TUNE knob Plays select ed song file Features of your vehicle MENU Audio CD Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Repeat Press the key gt Set MIRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current son
180. doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Continued Safety features of your vehicle can didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts ORB035013 0RB030014 OR B030015 0 MD030039 0RB031018N Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module Rollover sensor 3 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor 4 Side pressure sensor Safety features of your vehicle Continued Problems may arise if the sensor WARNING Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillars or front door where
181. e INT Intermittent wipe OFF Off E Wash with brief wipes Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition Switch is turned ON MIST Fora single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT if equipped Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the Speed control knob 1 LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation A CAUTION When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the OFF position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle A CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty A CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not ORB045375 Windshield washers To use the windshield washer pull the lever gently toward you
182. e controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level Air flow is directed towards the face and Floor Level ct D D h O O m Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters ORB040355N Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters ORB040068 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumb wheel To close the vent rotate it left to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it right to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle ORB040341 Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum by turning the knob to the right extremely The temperature will decrease to the minimum by turning the knob to the left extremely When turning the knob the temperature will increase or decrease by 1 F 0 5 C When set to the lowest temperature set ting the air conditioning will operate con tinuously Temperature conversion if equipped If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Fahrenheit This is a normal condition You can switch the temperature mode b
183. e groove on the bulb 7 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise ORBO71048N s amp NOTICE E Bi Function Projection Headlamp Always have the headlight aiming adjusted after an accident or the head light assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer j J A j lt 4 0RB073025 ORBO74076N Headlight position light turn sig Headlight nal light side marker light and Side marker Bulb type only front fog light bulb replacement 1 Open the hood 1 Headlight High Low 2 a the i bulb cover by tinn i urning it counterclockwise ee ron tun G Dn poston gn 3 Disconnect the headlight bulb socket 3 Front turn signal light i non iah connector i 4 Position lig 4 Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining 5 Side marker wire by depressing the end and push 6 Front fog light if equipped ing it upward Maintenance E Headlamp Low beam BI MFR Multi Focus Refl ORB073078 ORB073079 NOTICE Bi Function Projection Headlamp This headlamp is bi function type that switches the low beam to high or the high beam to low using solenoid system So sound may be heard when the head lamp switches the low beam to high or the high beam to low and it does not indicate malfunction of the headlamp ORB073072 Maintenance 3 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until th
184. e gt Select Pair Phone Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology Q A Viewing Pal hone List Press the key Select Phone gt Select Paired Phone List This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is displayed For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently select ed phone to highest connection priori 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen Features of your vehicle NOTICE BEFORE DOWN Downloading Contacts Outgoing Volume LOADING CONTACTS Press the key Select Phone gt Press the RZ key Select Phone gt e Only contacts within connected Select Contacts Download Select Outgoing Volume phones can be downloaded Also check to see that your mobile phone supports the download feature e To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual e The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded As the contacts are do
185. e turn off the Bluetooth feature within your mobile phone The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone Continued Continued Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the mobile phone Bluetooth connection may become intermittently disconnected in some mobile phones Follow these steps to try again 1 Within the mobile phone turn the Bluetooth function offfon and try again 2 Turn the mobile phone power Off On and try again 3 Completely remove the mobile phone battery reboot and then again 4 Reboot the Audio System and try again 5 Delete all paired devices pair and try again Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone Features of your vehicle X NOTICE USING THE VOICE RECOGNITION e When using the voice recognition fea ture only commands listed within the user s manual are supported e Be aware that during the operation of the voice recognition system pressing any key other than the key termi nate voice recognition mode e For superior voice recognition per formance position the microphone used for voice recognition above the head of the driver s seat and maintain a proper position when saying com mands e Within the following situations voice recognition may not function properly due to external sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the wind of the cooling heat
186. e command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Please say a command after the beep or say Help for more information More Help N More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can Say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Additionally there are phone commands like Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say a command after the beep Skipping Voice Recognition Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds cae while guidance message is being stated Shortly pressing the key A BEEP under 0 8 seconds 4 148 More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Additionally there are phone commands like Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say a command after the beep End voice command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds f BEEP D Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call Cancel vw er f Beep Beep end beep Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may n
187. e current track order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen Repeat Repeats the current file tial order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder Features of your vehicle e iPod Commands Commands available during iPod oper My Music Commands Commands available during My ation Music operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technologyaudio streaming from mobile phone operation Command Operation Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song Pause Pauses the current song Features of your vehicle m CD Player AC180SBAN
188. e eee ee E ee eee 4 92 Clothes hanger Hird CULL eU RS 4 92 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 36 Compact spare tire LARD eww TA Rae ae wae ee E 6 23 Compact spare tire Teplaceniient sss 2 eeeseeee teats 7 42 Coolant cenare ES Rw ORR RR Wl wal howe Se WS Rw Grew BG HS Boe BO HR 7 23 Cooling fluid see engine coolant gt gt gt gt sr srt 7 23 Crankcase emission control system 7 76 Cruise control system sian 5 28 Cup holder 000000000000 4 90 Curtain air bag PITTI TOTTI O CI SITI TIENI II CASTO TIT tI 111 3 51 Index Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 37 Dashboard see instrument cluster 4 36 Defogging Windshield kts eee died Reese 4 83 Defogging logic Windshield TOTI ECO IT 4 85 Defroster Rear window ale hate edi Kane dade Hada dace ea 4 66 Defrosting Windshield Cee eT ee eT eee eer eer eee 4 83 Digital clock ee ee ee ee ee ee ee een 4 92 Dimensions ee ee ee O ACI ee ee ee eee 9 2 Display illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 37 Displays see instrument cluster s ssvssssesizizinesezio 4 36 Door locks sfilare edi iii seeds eee ks 4 7 Central door lock switch Se ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 4 9 Child protector rear door lock 2 sss2sssseens0 4 11 Drinks holders see cup holoeta sssstsssse isernia sata 4 90 Driver s 3 point seat belt ee ee eee ea 3 16 Driver s and passenger s front air bag srtsrsrr 3 46 Dr
189. e event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued No objects should be placed over Continued Air bags can only be used once Continued e Children age 12 and under must or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Never place covers blankets or seat warmers on the passenger seat as these may interfere with the occupant detection system Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Inspect the air bag system as soon as possible Continued have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold
190. e inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from Steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of alr pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and Cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the F
191. e on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank A CAUTION Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the catalytic converter A 0RBC040035 Trip computer The trip computer is a microcomputer controlling the driver information system It displays information related to driving on the LCD screen when the ignition Switch is in the ON position If the battery is disconnected then all stored driving information except odometer Is reset n i el Features of your vehicle TRIP A lt Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Average speed Elapsed time E Type A M Type B E Type A M Type B d980d8m 000000 ORB045036N Odometer mi or km The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance Should be performed ORB045037N Tripmeter mi or km TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 9999 9 miles 0 0 to 9999 9 km Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 E Type A E Type B E Type A M Type B Avg Fuel Eco 30 3 ws
192. e pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury Not only the modification of the parts where the SRS sensors are but also the modification of other parts of the vehicle may affect the SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued Continued e If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain Safety precautions must be observed An authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and pro cedures could increase the risk of personal injury If your ca
193. e quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed lim Its WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects Do not rev up the engine This may cause engine over heating transaxle damage or failure and tire damage Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a Stalled engine or some other reason
194. e tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 4 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 5 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the Slots in the assembly Push the socket E Bi Funciion Projection Headlamp ed into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise ORBO74077N N E ORBCO70031 Turn signal light Front fog light bulbs if equipped Position light Bulb type only 1 Remove the front bumper under cover 1 Turn off the engine and open the hood 2 Reach your hand into the back of the 2 Remove the socket from the assembly front bumper by turning the socket counterclockwise 3 Disconnect the power connector from until the tabs on the socket align with the socket the slots on the assembly Maintenance 4 NI Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise Connect the power connector to the socket Reinstall the front bumper under cover ORB070068 Side repeater light bulb replace ment if equipped Type A l Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling
195. e to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this section ORB040063L Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again Side view mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Temperature control knob 2 Fan speed control knob 3 Air conditioning button 4 Air intake control button 5 Mode selection knob ORB040065N Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the
196. eaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance n eS CSSC C lsC Ci s EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information book let in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis Sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recom mended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an authori
197. ease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SiriusXM music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended subscrip tion terms contact SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 NOTE All SiriusXM services require a sub scription sold separately or as a package after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase or lease If you decide to continue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial sub scription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates until you call us at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Other fees and taxes apply All fees and program ming are subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Our Internet radio service is available throughout our satellite service area and in AK and HI Certain channels are not avail able on our Internet radio service or on mobile devices 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XMrm Radio Inc All rights reserved 4 122 Features of your vehicle SirlusXM RADIO Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio Your vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SiriusXM Satellite Radio XM
198. eatures of your vehicle ORB040356 MAX A C Level B D E To select the MAX A C turn the temper ature knob to the extreme the left Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically NOTICE This setting should be used briefly to help quickly cool the interior After the interior temperature has cooled suffi ciently turn the temperature knob away from the MAX A C position to a com fortable setting ORB040068 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumb wheel To close the vent rotate it left to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it right to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown ORB040069 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air F eatures of your vehicle EP ORB040070 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control button Recirculated air posi
199. ed in some mobile phones dn i i i n Features of your vehicle PHONE PHONE Check call history and making call if equipped model Shortly press under 0 8 seconds the Before using the Bluetooth Wireless ra key on the steering remote con Technology phone features Making a call using the Steering ani wheel mount controls eh call history list will be displayed on e screen In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guidance screen will be displayed Press the key again to connect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote con troller If Priority is set upon vehicle The most recently called number is ignition IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth redialed Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you If call history does not exist a screen are outside the first Bluetooth The actual EA in the vehicle may asking whether to download call histo Wireless Technology phone will be differ from the illustration E ry is displayed The download feature automatically connected once you are 1 Key Activates voice recognition may not be supported in some mobile i
200. ed the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure itis not twisted then try again 3 Point rear center belt To fasten the rear center belt Insert the tongue plate A into the open end of the buckle B until an audible click is heard indicating the latch is locked Make sure the belt is not twisted Safety features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Pull and insert the tongue plate C into the open end of the buckle D until an audible click is heard indicating the latch is locked Make sure the belt is not twisted There will be an audible click when the tab locks in the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt is adjusted manu ally so that it fits snugly around your hips if you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly ORB031037N To unfasten the rear center belt Press the release button 1 on the buck le D and remove the tongue plate from the buckle D dn i i n pi n n Safety features of your vehicle ORB031038N To disconnect the rear center belt Insert a key or narrow ended tool into the g
201. ed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 112 mph 180 km h 118 mph 190 km h 130 mph 210 km h 149 mph 240 km h Above 149 mph 240 km h 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1615 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2015 Maintenance nnn TT 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire man ufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply construc tion the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construct
202. eel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though the smoke and powder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the Symptom persists A WARNING When the air bags deploy the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and or instrument panel and or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot To prevent injury do not touch the air bag storage area s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated Cus TR a w N 1J BH3051 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child WARNING Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in fr
203. elected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing Audio may not automatically start play ing in some mobile phones Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Play Stop Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song The play pause functions may not be supported in some mobile phones Features of your vehicle PHONE Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone features e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guidance screen will be displayed If Priority is set upon vehicle ignition IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the first Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connec tion set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF PHONE if equipped model Making a call using the Steering wheel mount controls The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration 1 button Activates recognition 2 ad button Places and transfers calls 3 E3 button Ends calls or cancels fu
204. en Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Maintenance Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes Or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running o
205. en payment method at then current rates Fees and taxes apply To cancel you must call SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 See Sirius XM Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com SiriusXM U S satellite and data services are available only in the 48 contiguous USA DC and PR with coverage limitations SiriusXM satellite service is also available in Canada see www siriusxm ca All fees and programming subject to change Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Android is a trade mark of Google Inc BlackBerry is a registered trademark of Research In Motion Limited RIM All other marks channel names and logos are the property of their respective owners All rights reserved dn i i i i Before driving 5 3 Key 5 5 Manual transaxle 5 7 Automatic transaxle 5 10 Brake system 5 16 Cruise control system 5 28 Active ECO system 5 32 Economical operation 5 33 Special driving conditions 5 35 Winter driving 5 39 Vehicle load limit 5 43 Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight 5 48 Trailer towing 5 49 Driving your vehicle d WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyx
206. en you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a Slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward Speeds and one reverse speed The indi p vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift GI lever o To move the shift lever from the P Park position the brake pedal must be Di depressed NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle may be somewhat abrupt This is a nor mal condition and the shift quality will adjust after several shifts are completed and learned by the PCM Powertrain Control Module LJ Gi Gy Cs m gt Depress the brake pedal when shifting The shift lever can be moved freely ORB050004 Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N Neutral toa CAUTION The indicator in the instrument cluster forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your displays the shift lever position when the tran
207. enance OLM079201 OHM078059 OLM079200 Front windshield wiper blade 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade Front windshield wiper blade Type A assembly downward Type B 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper 3 Lift it off the arm 1 Raise the wiper arm blade assembly to expose the plastic 4 Install the blade assembly in the locking clip reverse order of removal A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall A CAUTION against the windshield since it may Do not allow the wiper arm to fall chip or crack the windshield against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield Maintenance _ OHM078063 Rear window wiper blade 2 Install the new blade assembly by if equipped inserting the center part into the slot in 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the the wiper arm until it clicks into place wiper blade assembly 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the wiper blade 2 Lift up the wiper blade clip Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it 3 Install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance BATTERY gt WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following Instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydro
208. engine oil and filter 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 36 months Q Add fuel additive 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 36 months 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months 2 Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped O Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Inspect suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 48 months Q Add fuel additive 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 48 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodi
209. entry 4 4 Door locks 4 7 Trunk 4 12 Tailgate 4 14 Windows 4 16 Hood 4 21 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 23 Sunroof 4 26 Steering wheel 4 30 Mirrors 4 32 Instrument cluster 4 36 Hazard warning flasher 4 53 Lighting 4 53 Wipers and washers 4 59 Interior light 4 63 Defroster 4 66 Manual climate control system 4 67 Automatic climate control system 4 76 Windshield defrosting and defogging 3 83 Storage compartments 4 87 Interior features 4 90 Exterior features 4 95 Audio system 4 97 Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS Record your key number Key operations The key code number Used to start the engine lock and unlock is stamped or printed the doors on the key code tag g attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the key code tag and store itin a safe place Also record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehi cle we ee ee ee ee eee gq e e e e e e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED ORB044381 OJB040008N Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and trunk are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors are locked
210. erate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys tem inspection and necessary repairs Features of your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a dual diagonal braking system This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the brake circuits is damaged or malfunctions With only one of the circuits working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as Short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator 1 The low tire pressure telltale TP MS mal function indicator comes on for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The TPMS malfunction indicator will illu minate after it blinks for approximately 1 minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this occurs have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible For details refer to the TPMS in section 6 Features of your vehicle Chargi
211. et Pull 5 Side marker the bulb out of the socket A 5 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into AUW ORB071057 the socket and rotating it until it locks 1 Open the tailgate into place 6 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the Slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 7 Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole 2 Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross tip screwdriver 3 Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle dn i n Maintenance 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle 9 Tighten the screws ORBO71058N 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket UI 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into VORBEAU the socket and rotating it until it locks High mounted stop light bulb into place replacement if equipped 7 Install the socket in the assembly by gt 4 Door aligning the tabs on the socket with the 1 Open the trunk lid slots in the assembly Push the socket 2 Remove the socket by turning it coun into the assembly and turn the socket terclockwi
212. etooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short distance including hands free devices stereo head sets wireless remote controllers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depending on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned COn Starting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio e Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB AUX My Music BT Audio If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Play Stop Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song The title artist info may not be sup ported in some mobile phone When it is not supported no title no artist will be displayed e Previous Next son Press or MES to piy previous or next song The previous song next song play pause functions may not be support
213. etween Fahrenheit to Celsius as follows While pressing the OFF button depress the AUTO button for 4 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Celsius or from Celsius to Fahrenheit ORB040345N Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment ORB040344N Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by turning the fan speed control knob The higher the fan speed is the more air is delivered Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan Features
214. ever mix different types of fluid damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts ORBC070007 Checking the brake clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system or clutch if equipped checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer f i Maintenance WASHER FLUID ORBC070009 Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing WARNING
215. f the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an When choosing an oil consider the range effect on fuel economy and cold weather of temperature your vehicle will be oper operating engine start and engine oil ated in before the next oil change flowability Lower viscosity engine oils Proceed to select the recommended oil can provide better fuel economy and cold viscosity from the chart weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 10W 30 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not availab
216. f the acceler ator and brake pedal before driv ing you may depress the acceler ator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal d WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator if equipped Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake Squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes A CAUTION To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads e Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Rear drum brakes if equipped Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators Therefore have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear
217. f the vehi cle Caring for disc If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows to ventilate before using the system It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged hold CDs by the edges or the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper Make certain only CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD ata time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to the manufactur ing companies In such circumstances continued use may cause malfunctions to your audio system el Features of your vehicle NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that inabili ties to properly play a copy protected CD may indicate that the CD is defec tive not the CD player NOTE Order of playing files folders 1
218. fied by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rat ing M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less j Maintenance Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your car is equipped with snow tires Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the front wheels Be sure that the ch
219. fting into D Drive N DOWN Manual shift mode ORB050008 Manual shift mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion Manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D Drive position into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In Manual shift mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear Driving your vehicle gt NOTICE In Manual shift mode the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In Manual shift mode only the 6 for ward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In Manual shift mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops Ist gear is automatically selected In Manual shift mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transaxle will upshift automatical ly To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated When driving on a slippery road move the shift lever to the Manual shift mode and push the shift lever forward into
220. g x Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the keyb Set ZIRDM through the TUNE knob or AE key to randomly play songs within the current folder x Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or MER key to display information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display MENU MP3 CD USB Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the keyb Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or EEAS key to repeat the current song x Press RPT again to turn off Features of your vehicle Folder Random Press the key gt Set IF RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press F RDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the keyb Set IBIF RPT through the TUNE knob or GEMM key to repeat songs within the current folder K Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set fJA RDM through the TUNE knob or GZ key to randomly play all songs within the CD Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key gt Set S Info through the TUNE knob or GB key to display information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key Set amp ICopy through the TUNE knob or HB key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You
221. g Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be connected at a time Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio relat ed features are supported Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Bluetooth related operations are pos sible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio features such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes discon nected due to being out of communi Continued e After pairing is complete a contacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone Some mobile phones may require confirmation upon receiving a download request ensure your mobile phone accepts the con nection Refer to your phones user s manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connec From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and select Connect cation range turning the device OFF tions or a Bluetooth W
222. g alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance A CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there Is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS TYPE A Nia ue Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres Sure telltale illuminates you should Stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi
223. gain to turn repeat off Random Press the keyb Set RDM through the TUNE knob or AE key Plays all songs in random order K Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Silnfo through the TUNE knob or GEMM key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the keyb Set Delete through the TUNE knob or GB key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set SiDel All through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Delete Selection Press the key gt Set BIDel Sel through the TUNE knob or GB key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list After selecting press the select the delete menu key and Features of your vehicle NOTICE USING THE MY MUSIC e Even if memory is available a maxi mum of 6 000 songs can be stored e The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times e Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA cur rently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device
224. ge and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produce cars of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the Owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your Car are Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the Car Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion na ell Maintenance ee High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car Is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road Salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois ture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is sl
225. ge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the P CSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications e This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or dura bility and may even violate governmen tal safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully op
226. gen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connections Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly clean tight and coated with petroleum corrosive SULFURIC ACID Jelly or terminal grease Do not allow battery acid to e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the contact your skin eyes battery immediately with a solution of clothing or paint finish water and baking soda If any electrolyte gets into If the vehicle is not going to be used for your eyes flush your eyes an extended time disconnect the bat with clean water for at least tery cables 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention Continued Da Continued If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to be recycled e When lifting a pla
227. hannel number or scrolls category list e Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob gt Press the key gt Select MInfo through the TUNE knob or GB key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the cur rent song Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE AUDIO CD MP3 CD USB IPOD MY MUSIC Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen lt Audio CD gt lt CD MP 3 gt lt My Music gt The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing gt ZIB RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current fold er Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing gt EIB R DM key Audio CD iPod My Music mode RDM on screen e Random press the key songs in random order Plays all Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen e Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current folder in ran dom order MP3 CD USB mode ALL RDM on screen All Ran
228. has been updated in the phone To Technology phone is not connected update Favorites delete the Favorite Up to 20 received dialed and missed and create a new Favorite calls are stored in Call History e Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not saved n i el Features of your vehicle Contacts NOTICE Continued Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your X ntact dist when the contact dowie e m Press the key Select na b Rie i II load feature has been turned off with Contacts LR a in the Bluetooth Wireless Technolog contacts Contacts that have been y The list of saved phone book entries is displayed NOTE Find a contact in an alphabetical order press the key downloaded to the car cannot be edit ed or deleted on the phone e Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device max 5 devices x 1 000 contacts each Previously downloaded data is main tained even if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device has been discon nected However the contacts and call histo ry saved to the phone will be deleted if a paired phone is deleted It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the status bar Continued device In addition some devices may require device authorization upon attempting to download contacts If downloading does not norma
229. hat controls all the windows in the vehicle The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the igni tion key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors open the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second period if equipped remote keyless entry sys tem NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet ing or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximate ly one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening ORB043092 Window opening and closing To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 n i Features of your vehicle g Bo ORB043093L Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull the switch in the direction opposite of the window movement ORB0
230. hat the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P195 50R16 84H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 195 Tire width in millimeters 50 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches 84 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need If you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 0 X16 6 0 Rim width in inches Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches j Maintenance ee Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The spe
231. he Spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires mean the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 1 ORB070017 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the driver s side center pillar A CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of dam age from road hazards j Maintenance A CAUTION e Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause
232. he windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic If you operate air conditioner exces Sively the difference between the tem perature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer Surface of the windshield to fog up causing loss of visibility In this case set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed con trol to the lower speed Features of your vehicle Outside air Recirculated ca I n gt J
233. he car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen Is dis played 6 digits passkey Hear check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the following screen Is displayed Features of your vehicle NOTICE If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are current ly connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel dis plays the following screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page e Only NOTICE e Bluetooth Wireless Technology fea tures supported within the vehicle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be con
234. he transmitter gets damp due to drinks or moisture or is heated internal circuit may mal function excluding the car from the warranty This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation n i et el Features of your vehicle A CAUTION V The transmitter is designed to a t give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunction Be 1KMA2003 sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight Battery replacement The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat tery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery is positioned correctly 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For replacement transmitters see an authorized HY
235. hen carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment ee OYF 049225 Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder E g ORB040078 0 ORB044085N Cups or small beverage cans may be Sunvisor placed in the cup holders Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows A CAUTION To use a sunvisor pull it downward Do not place uncovered cups in the To use a sunvisor for a side window pull cup holder while the vehicle is in It downward unsnap It from the bracket motion If the liquid spills electric 1 and swing it to the side 2 systems may malfunction To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 3 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or rearward 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped Features of your vehicle Power outlet The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running A CAUTION Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine
236. hen installing the child restraint system WARNING A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug gage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All children even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries e Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint e Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and
237. herwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur na i n Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 AUTO automatic control button 5 Air intake control button 2 OFF button 6 Fan speed control knob 3 Temperature control knob 7 Air conditioning button 4 A C display 8 Mode selection button 9 Front windshield defrost button ORB040340N Features of your vehicle NOTICE e To turn the automatic operation off select any button of the following Mode selection button Front windshield defrost button Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function The AUTO sign will illuminate on the information display once again Fan speed control button The selected function will be con ORB040342 ORB040341 trolled manually while other functions Automatic heating and air condi 2 Turn the temperature control knob to operate automatically l tioning set the desired temperature e For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate con 1 Press the AUTO button trol use the AUTO button and set the The modes fan speeds air intake and temperature to 23 C 73 F air conditioning will be controlled auto matically according to the temperature Setting na i n Features of your vehicle NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control
238. hly Height adjustment Front You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of 4 positions for maxi mum comfort and safety The heightof the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your Shoulder nearest to the door and not next to your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while pressing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place B200A02NF any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat
239. ht bulb faplacenient 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently A CAUTION pry the lens from the interior light Use care not to dirty or damage housing lens lens tab and plastic housings 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label High pressure washing When using high pressure washers make sure to maintain sufficient dis tance from the vehicle Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component dam age or water penetration Do not spray the camera sensors or its Surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots rubber or plastic covers or con nectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pres Sure water Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make Sure the drain ho
240. iPod models may not sup port communication protocol and files may not properly play Supported iPod models iPhone 3GS 4 iPod touch 1st 4th generation iPod nano Ist 6th generation iPod classic The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod is disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normal ly on low battery Continued iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology interface The device must have audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system To use iPod features within the audio use the cable provided upon purchasing an iPod device Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the char acteristics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be properly played In your iPhone select the Dock con nector or Bluetooth Wireless Technology to change the sound output source Continued iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupt ed When adjusting the sou
241. ia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering
242. ial ly on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consump tion Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your car in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your car in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your car clean For maximum serv ice your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt Ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t ca
243. ible N CAUTION One sealant for one tire When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire OGDE064101 Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and Seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or Similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire distance up to 120 miles 200 km at a max speed of 50mph 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement _ _ j What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction sh
244. ications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts CONSUMER INFORMATION This consumer information has been pre pared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U S Department of Transportation Your Hyundai dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particularly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARN ING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle please contact your nearest Hyundai Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following Eastern Region Connecticut Delaware Maine Massachusetts New Hampshire New Jersey New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island Vermont Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg NJ 08831 800 633 5151 Southern Region Florida Georgia Maryland North Carolina South Carolina Virginia West Virginia Southern Region 3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway Suite 100 Marietta GA 30066 800 633 5151 South Central Region Alabama Arkansas Louisiana Mississippi New Mexico Oklahoma Tennessee Texas South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road Suite 400 Coppell TX 75019 80
245. icator SET indicator CRUISE SET the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED TA ORB050018 WARNING e If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be activat ed unintentionally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system Be careful when driving downhill using the cruise control system which may increase the vehicle speed CAUTION During cruise control operation of a manual transaxle vehicle do not shift into neutral without depress ing the clutch pedal since the engine will be overrevved If this happens depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON OFF switch NOTICE e During normal cruise control opera tion when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise
246. ighly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED NOTICE NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof The sunroof cannot slide when it is in may not work properly due to freez the tilt position nor can it be tilted while ing conditions in an open or slide position e After washing the car or after there is rain be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it 4 CAUTION Do not continue to move the sun roof control lever after the sunroof ORB040015 is in the fully open closed or tilt If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof Position Damage to the motor or you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the system components could occur sunroof control switch located on the overhead console The sunroof
247. ight film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work prop erly OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running Features of your vehicle gt OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A Green arrow indicators on the instru ment panel indicate which turn signal is Operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn Signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if itflashes abnormally one of the turn signal bul
248. in the OFF position operate the wipers when the Type A Type C The washer fluid will spray on the windshield and the wipers will windshield is dry operate 1 3 cycles e To prevent damage to the wiper Type B The washer fluid will spray on the windshield but the wipers will not operate blades do not use gasoline Use this function when the windshield is dirty kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The spray operation will continue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not suffi cient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservolr The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the pas senger side Features of your vehicle ORB045376 Rear window wiper and washer switch 5 Door The rear window wiper and washer Switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer AD Spraying washer fluid and wiping ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation OFF Wiper is not in operation e Type C OXM049125 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper oper
249. in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell ata glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGS CAU TIONS and NOTICES in this manual These WARNINGS were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates that a condi tion may result in damage to your vehicle if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction n FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Do not use methanol blended fuels Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do no
250. ine rpm revolutions per e Etele e ESC performing an automatic system minute to increase self check and does not indicate a problem ORB045402L Press the ESC OFF button shortly ESC OFF indicator light and message illumi nates At this state the engine control function does not operate In other words the traction control function does not operate but only the brake control function operates 5 22 Driving your vehicle e State 2 Traction amp Stability Control disabled ORB045403L Press the ESC OFF button for more than 3 seconds ESC OFF indicator light and message illuminates and ESC OFF warning chime will sound At this state the engine control function and brake control function does not operate In other words the vehicle stability control function does not operate any more If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK OFF position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again m ESC indicator light ee m ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button A CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the
251. information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system in section 5 el Features of your vehicle Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator light illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator light does not illuminate when the cruise con trol switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Electric power steering EPS system warning light SI This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes on when the EPS needs repairs If it comes on while driv ing have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Steering effort may increase significantly if this lamp illuminates See EPS system in this section Engine coolant tempera ture warning light 2E i The warning light illuminates if the tem perature of the engine coolant is above 257 4 5 F 125 2 5 C Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in section 6 NOTICE If the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Ra This warning light indicates the fuel filler cap is not tightened securely Always make sure that the fuel
252. ing You can clean the filter when inspecting clips the air cleaner element Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals Refer to Maintenance under severe usage condi tions in this section CAUTION Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result e Use a HYUNDAI genuine part Use of non genuine parts could dam age the air flow sensor and engine CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents Filter replacement 1 Open the glove box and remove the Support Strap 1 dn i el Maintenance TT r n Tan i l f Pi ma ORB070013 i ORB070014 OBK075017 2 With the glove box open remove the 3 Remove the climate control air filter 4 Replace the climate control
253. ing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk of the parking brake may freezing apply it only tem porarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er where you drive your car you should carry appropriate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel
254. ing a portion of the vehicle tance and at low speeds Also the other than the tow hooks for tow wheels axles power train steering and ing may damage the body of your brakes must all be in good condition vehicle Do notuse the tow hooks to pull a vehi e Use only a cable or chain specifi cle out of mud sand or other condi cally intended for use in towing tions from which the vehicle cannot be vehicles Securely fasten the driven out under its own power cable or chain to the towing hook e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the provided vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly e Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side orata vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergenc OTD069011 Use a towing strap less than 16 feet 5 m long Attach a white or red cloth about 12 inches 30 cm wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility e Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during towing NOTICE Emergency towing is not legal in all states Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and tow the vehicle Emergency towing precautions Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locke
255. ing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it Is easy to access in case of an emergency OMD030054A Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extend ed it will shift the retractor to the Automatic locking child restraint mode OMD030055A Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor Is in the automatic locking mode If no dis tinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of your vehicle E 4 Door 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the Shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is Fi 4a Pin Ta LI LI al i a a traa pea than r re j j p F j i i j i j f AA holding it firmly in place If it is not 1 Fasi rA la al ji ili ju i Herai belt and repeat stes When the seat belt is allowed to Gimme i retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Automatic locking mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage NI Double check that the
256. ing to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station close ness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM reception J BM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long distance low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight In addition they curve around obstructions resulting in better signal coverage Features of your vehicle FM radio station E Unobstructed area J BM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do notbend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station short distances from the station Also FM sig nals are easily affected by buildings mountains and obstructions This can lead to undesirable or unpleasant listen ing conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large
257. intenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Maintenance Services DEAR iaia da 7 3 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 Normal maintenance schedule E wae eee eta T 7 Owner maintenance E E EEEE eee re E ere ree 7 4 Scheduled maintenance SErviog 1c gt asassnsrarasaniano 7 6 Tire maintenance Terre ee eee eT ee E E ee Tee TE EET 7 42 E O Maintenance schedule iii 7 6 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 Normal maintenance schedule eee srt Tal Maintenance services iii se Manual climate control System ee 4 67 Air conditioning lt 1 ssssee seers eeee eee eect eee eteen 4 72 Climate control air filter 4 75 Heating and air conditioning ceGudt series tree 4 68 Manual shift mode ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ar 5 12 Manual transaxle iii nici iii 5 7 Memory fuse iii 7 52 CI E E E E 4 32 Day night rearview MIITOr iii 4 32 Inside rearview mirror iii 4239 SES RR E 4 33 Multi fuse iii iii 7 54 Occupant detection system TESI 3 40 Odometer iii 4 40 Oil Engine BUR LELE TRE 123 Overheats iii 6 6 Owner maintenance iii 7 4 P Parking brake AEAEE nada E E S 1 7 Parking brake E E E A A E E Seg E ae 7 26 Power brakes sanana ni elo E a E tin 5 1 6 Power outlet EEEE AEA E E A ee Oe E E E E E E EEE E EE 4 91 Power window lock button Sia ee ee ee 4 19 Pre tensioner seat belt RR O Biel ORRORE CO 3 20 Push starting Terre eee ee Cee eT eee eee PICO ee TI TITO 6 5 Rear center belt IRE EEA
258. ion 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the Side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Tract
259. ion AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on speci fied government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance __ j Maintenance MR Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and brak ing it may be more uncomfortable to ri
260. ion switch or the driver s door is closed dn i i n i n Features of your vehicle Low fuel level warning light mN This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter Malfunction indicator light MIL check engine light This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to your near est authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer promptly CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy If the Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates or blinks potential cataly
261. ireless Technology communication error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and reconnected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon resetting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the sys tem will be restored Connecting a Device Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Paired Phone List Continued 1 Connected Phone Device that is cur rently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority From the paired phone list select the NOTICE phone you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority but What is Priority ton from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a priority phone It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority fea ture is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Paired Phone List Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device X NOTICE e When deleting the currently connected SETUP SETUP device the device will automatically be Press the Waas key
262. is away from traffic 4 When repairing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for J ump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at igni tion coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 If the engine still does not start call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance na el What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables al J ump starting J ump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage
263. is connected with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal NOTICE USING THE AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO if equipped model What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short distance including hands free devices stereo head sets wireless remote controllers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depending on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used Streaming of Prone inn Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob gt Set Con Coff Starting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio e Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB AUX My Music BT Audio e If BT Audio is s
264. is not supported Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Audio Head Unit for Bluetooth equipped model Duricot fo ee 1 GB EJ ECT e Ejects the disc 2 Changes to FM AM XM mode e Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM XM1 XM2 XM3 In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turnedCon When the pop up screen is displayed use the TUNE knob or keys WGI to select the desired mode di e Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode e Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned When the pop up screen is displayed use the TUNE knob or keys Ga to select the desired mode 4 RON for Bluetooth Wireless Technology equipped model e Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed SEEK 5 MEU Radio Mode Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or pre vious songffile The Play Pause feature may operate differently depending on
265. istics show that chil Continued Do not place an electronic device OFF indicator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occupied by an adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place any thing on or attach anything such as a blanket or seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Do not use accessory seat cov ers on the front seats Continued dren are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front seat It is recommend ed that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child rid ing in a booster seat Air bags can only be used once have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment The occupant detection system may not work properly if water coffee or any other liquid includ ing rain gets on the seat Keep the front seat dry at all times Continued such as a laptop computer on the front
266. ith Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation d WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE la FLAT TIRE WITH SPARE TIRE IF EQUIPPED J acking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Continued Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking posi tions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death No person Should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that d WARNING Changing tires J ack and tools The jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 J ack 2 Jack handle 3 Wheel lug nut wrench
267. ition The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a Safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the car slow down while driving Straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con trol When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divid ed highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and putthe transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the car Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that
268. ition remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the occu pant detection system and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible Driver s front air bag Se af 0RB030010 Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters SRS AIR BAG or AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the Steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box Passenger s front air bag ORB030011 The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver s seat posi tion the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger s seat belts are fastened These sensors pro vide the abi
269. itting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km tn that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant except the Tire Mobility Kit approved by HYUNDAI if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors d WARNING TPMS The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam age caused by external fac tors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instabil ity immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradually and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road d WARNING Protecting TPMS Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driv er of low tire pressure condi tions and orTPMS malfunctions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause un
270. ive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Maintenance n hei Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and atthe end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that Should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish Clean the wheel when it has cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion Avoid washing the wheels with high Speed car wash brushes Do not use any alkaline or acid deter gent It may dama
271. iving at night SOC Cte ee ee Tee ee eee ee eT ee ee ee 5 36 Driving in flooded areas iii 5 37 Driving in the rain iii 5 37 E Economical operation ee ee ee ee ee EEE 5 33 Electric power steering de ae ee 4 30 Electronro stability control ESC rarei 5 21 TEE D o O Index ii Emergency starting be GARA amp amp ard wile Sel ain aan 6 4 Jump starting dere e A ala ille ele e RE 6 4 Push starting SR Tn rn 6 5 Emergency while driving Et o I 6 2 Emission control system eee I e a ne aan 7 76 Crankcase emission control system 7 76 Evaporative emission control System 10 7 76 Exhaust emission control system ttres 7 77 Engine Ls ebi nine TTT TOSI Sal Engine compartment ROCCO eh SA See eae Swale Ct VITTI TTT 2 4 Engine coolant E EEEE EE TO EE E OS re wee E E E 7 23 Engine number verses eee teens S 7 Engine 0 Ga 7 22 Engine overheats CESSES aS te ew E E E EEE A EE A TE TE 6 6 Engine temperature gauge EEEE PE E TE e Weis wie ee i aa 4 38 Engine will not start iii iii iii 6 3 Evaporative emission control system 7 75 Exhaust emission control system 7 76 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Exterior OF 8 oa pet 0 Flat tire with spare tire pia en SAG WS LA WH WE Gi he Bi Be ww See aw Bre ww as 6 17 Jack and tools iii iii 6 17 Changing iaia 6 18 Compact spare tire 0000100000 0000000000000 E 6 23 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 18 Flat tire with tire mobility Kit terri errenireni
272. ized fuel sprays out it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound wait until the condition stops before com pletely removing the cap Do not top off after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning light will illuminate if equipped Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an acci dent Features of your vehicle WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facility Before refueling note the loca tion of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbi
273. king brake O Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months A Inspect valve clearance Every 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 96 months 2 Add fuel additive 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 96 months A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched ule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace N w Maintenance Eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 54 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery con
274. lar size tire Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear To reduce the possibility of losing control slow down whenever there is rain Snow or ice on the road Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance nnn TT 1030B04 M Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case ofa recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains w
275. lation pressures to Specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING So BB 3305 More severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize winter driving problem you should follow these suggestions Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed itis necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the Original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake appli cations and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or Icy roads may cause Skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all states Check
276. ld restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible Check belt fit periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are afforded the most Safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle dn i i i i Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnantwomen to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured per
277. ld retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owners Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer with special tools X NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer a i sel Maintenan
278. le Treble Selects the sound tone e Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance e Default Restores default settings Back While adjusting values re pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically con trol the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol gt Set in On Off of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Voice Recognition Vol Set vol ume of TUNE knob Features of your vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS Press the key Select Clock through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Clock Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings Set through TUNE knob gt Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date MM DD YYYY Select Calendar Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Year Month Day Time Format This function is used to set the 12 24 hour time format of the audio system Select Time Format Set 12Hr 24Hr through TUNE knob Clock Display when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp P wr Off Set
279. le in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart n i el Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE CERTIFICATION NUMBER VIN LABEL 0RB080003 nl ORBC080001 ORBC080002 The vehicle identification number VIN is The VIN is also ona plate attached to the The vehicle certification label attached the number used in registering your car top of the dashboard The number on the on the driver s side center pillar contains and in all legal matters pertaining to its plate can easily be seen through the the vehicle identification number VIN ownership etc windshield from outside The number is punched on the floor under the front passenger s seat To check the number open the cover Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL IF EQUIPPED eee ORB080005 Meta ORB071070N ORBO7001 The tires supplied on your new vehicle The engine number is stamped on the The refrigerant label is located on the are chosen to provide the best perform engine block as shown in the drawing underside of the hood ance for normal driving The label contains the following informa The tire label located on the driver s side tion center pillar gives the tire pressures rec e Type of refrigerant oil ommended for your car Amount of refrigerant oil Specif
280. le tether anchor or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury d WARNING Child restraint anchorage Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Safety features of your vehicle B230D01NF Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Lower Anchor 4 Position Indicator a f ORB0
281. les in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish A CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents Maintenance 7 24 hi 0 B037800 CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits or engine and related components located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components and air duct inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a goo
282. listening to a different mode displays the most recently played FM screen Displays the FM1 screen Displays the FM2 screen Displays the AM screen Features of your vehicle Command Function Command Function FM Preset1 6 Plays the most recently played broadcast My Music Plays the music saved in My Music saved in FM Preset 1 6 AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device AM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth FM 87 5 107 9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding device frequency Mute Mutes the sound AM 530 1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Cancel Exit Ends voice command frequency XM Satellite e When currently listening to the SiriusXM maintains the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played SiriusXM screen XM Satellite 1 3 Displays the selected SiriusXM screen XM Channel Plays the selected SiriusXM channel 0 223 Media Moves to the most recently played media screen CD Plays the music saved in the CD USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod music Features of your vehicle FM AM radio commands Commands available during FM e Satellite radio commands Commands that can be used AM radio operation while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel
283. lity to control the SRS deploy ment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts According to the impact severity and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Safety features of your vehicle Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section WARNING If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability please contact the Hyundai Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 633 5151 NOTICE Be sure to read information about the SRS on the labels provided on the sun visor Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help pro vide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt WARNIN
284. ll Use a funnel to help prevent oil from 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few engine oil in the engine room wipe being spilled on engine components minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to it off immediately n ET return to the oil pan Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and fos in Secon re insert it fully ED HYUNDAI Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the begin ning of this section Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate Maintenance Checking the coolant level A WARNING Removing radiator cap Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap while the engine is oper ating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in seri ous personal injury from escap ing hot coolant or steam Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is
285. lling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check automatic transaxle P Park function Check parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal At least monthly e Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare if equipped At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall Check radiator heater and air condi tioning hoses for leaks or damage Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean body and door drain holes Lubricate door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate door and hood locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips Check the air conditioning system Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean battery and terminals Check the brake fluid level
286. lly occur check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device settings or the screen state The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information of sup ported Bluetooth devices and func tion support refer to your phone s user manual Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Viewing Paired Phone List 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect Technology Setting Press the RSM key gt Select Phone gt disconnects currently selected phone Select Paired Phone List 2 Change Priority Sets currently select ed phone to highest connection priori Pairing a New Device Press the key Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen LL Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system a For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup section within This feature is used to view mobile Bluetooth Wireless Technology phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is displayed For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle X NOTICE BEFORE DOWN LOADING CONTACTS e Only contacts within connected phones can be downloaded Also check to see that your mobile phone supports
287. lt While song file is playing gt key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song Scan While song file is playing gt RANE key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 sec onds each Press the key again to turn off The SCAN function is not supported in iPod mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing MAOTA Folder Up key e Searches the next folder While file is playing MA F older Down key e Searches the parent folder If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played Searching Songs File Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files Pressing TUNE knob Plays select ed song file Features of your vehicle MENU Audio CD Press the Audio CD mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Repeat Press the key gt Set RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current CD K Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Enfo through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display MENU MP3 CD USB Press the MP3
288. lter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace spark plugs iridium plated every 97 500 miles Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 156 months 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 168 months UO Add fuel additive 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 156 months 1 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 84 months HY UNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not J Rotate tires mix other additives E 8 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is Q Inspect battery condition reduced excessively Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose O Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped Q Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Continued Maintenance MR NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 90 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum h
289. ly while you put the gear selector lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the incline with the accelerator pedal pressed This can cause the transaxle to over heat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake el Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when the vehicle is driving ona Slippery road or the vehicle detects a change in coefficient of friction between the left and right wheels VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indi cator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and or abnormal Steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and is a normal operating condition The VSM does not operate when Driving on a gradient or incline Driving in reverse ESC OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illuminates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malf
290. may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with warm water A CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Blind spot mirror if equipped The blind spot mirror BSM is supple mental mirror to help reduce a driver s blind spot that will show the rear side ter ritory of your vehicle The blind spot mir ror is equipped with the left hand side view mirror dn i n i n i Features of your vehicle A CAUTION The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirror by hand Doing so fe ay i may damage the mirror hts ORBC040023 Remote control Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right side view mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON posi tion or engine is running Push the Switch 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror
291. mes OFF The lights turn off even if a door is opened gt When the lamp is turned ON by press ing the lens 1 the lamp does not turn off even if the switch 2 is in the OFF position ORB040361 Room lamp ON 1 In the ON position the light stays on at all times DOOR 2 In the DOOR position the light comes on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the trans mitter the light comes on for approxi mately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously OFF 3 In the OFF position the light stays off at all times even when a door Is open F eatures of your vehicle CAUTION The luggage room lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid tailgate opens To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the trunk lid tailgate securely after using the luggage room ORB041402 Luggage room lamp The luggage room lamp comes on when the trunk lid tailgate is opened Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent damag
292. mp before get ting out of the vehicle Headlight delay if equipped If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON the headlights and or tail lights remain on for about 5 minutes However if the driver s door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 15 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position However if you turn the light switch to the AUTO position when it is dark outside the headlights will not be turned off Features of your vehicle Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tail gate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds If the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the function can only operate at night At this time if you press the door unlock button again or door lock button on the transmitter the headlights will turn off immediately Tail lamp warning chime if equipped If you turn the ignition switch to the OFF position with the tail lamps ON and the driver s door in an open position the warning chime will sound To stop the chime perform one of the fol lowing 1 Turn the ignition key to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the tail lamps OFF 3 Close the dri
293. n trol buttons simultaneously VOLUME VOL 1 e Press the up button to increase vol ume Press the down button to decrease volume MUTE 2 Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound e Press the MUTE button again to acti vate the sound MODE 3 Press the MODE button to select Radio CD Compact Disc SEEK PRESET V 4 If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for 0 8 second or more it will work as fol lows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button It will SEEK until you release the button CDP mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons is included in the following pages in this section Features of your vehicle How vehicle audio works FM reception JBM001 AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal com
294. n 10 min ata time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C What to do in an emergency Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing oGDE064102 Strictly follow the specified Components of the Tire Mobility Kit sequence sate as the sealant 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant bottle MISE ROGERS SOS as 1 Sealant bottle and label with 5 Compressor speed restriction 6 On off switch 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the wheel tire inflation pressure 3 Connectors and cable for the g Button for reducing tire inflation power outlet direct connection pressure What to do in an emergency OGDE065100K 0GD065102K Using the TireMobilityKit 2 Connect the filling hose 2 onto 3 Ensure that button 6 on the com Filling the sealant the connector of the sealant bottle pressor is not pressed Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure 1 Shake the sealant bottle What to do in an emergency _ ORB064013 0GD065103K e f A 0RB064015 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the 7 Connect between compressor and valve of the defective wheel and housing 4 of the compressor so the vehicle power outlet using the screw filling hose 2 of the sealant that the bottle is upright cable and connectors 3
295. n the vicinity of the vehicle If you do 2 key Places and transfers calls phones not want automatic Bluetooth 3 key Ends calls or cancels func Wireless Technology phone connec tions tion set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology if equipped model Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of synchro nizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature Features of your vehicle Pairing key key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been Paired 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote controller The following screen is displayed 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen 2 1 Vehicle Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is dis played where the passkey is entered Hear enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with t
296. nc tions voice Check call history and making call Shortly press under 0 8 seconds the Wad key on the steering remote con troller The call history list will be displayed on the screen Press the Madfikey again to connect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the Rag key on the steering remote con troller The most recently called number is redialed If call history does not exist a screen asking whether to download call histo ry is displayed The download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones dn i i i i Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology if equipped model Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of synchro nizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature Features of your vehicle Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been Paired 1 Press the key or the Radfikey on the steering remote controller The following screen is displayed 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen 2 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Pas
297. nd Cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 los and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs LJ 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available Cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle oO NOTICE We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle Capacity __ Capacity Capacity Item Item Item A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg tnt ire 300 Ibs D 750 Ibs oe 815 Ibs e19 136 kg ig 340 kg 9 370 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x5 163
298. nd effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle NOTICE Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks is under license A Bluetooth enabled call phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Bluetooth Wirelss Technology phone compatibility can be checked by visit ing www hyundaiusa com and under the SERVICE amp PARIS BLUETOOTH COMPATIBILITY menu NOTICE BEFORE USING THE Bluetooth HANDSFREE What is Bluetooth Bluetooth refers to a short distance wireless networking technology which uses a 2 4GHz 2 48GHz frequency to connect various devices within a cer tain distance Supported within PCs external devices Bluetooth phones PDAs various electronic devices and auto motive environments Bluetooth allows data to be transmitted at high speeds without having to use a con nector cable Bluetooth Handsfree refer
299. nd wait state is immediately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice command Features of your vehicle ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating Press and hold the key on the steer ing remote controller NOTICE e While using voice command pressing any steering wheel control or a differ ent key will end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Hyundai Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronunciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these contacts Do not use special characters e g i i di S etc Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands Starting voic
300. nected at a time e Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected e Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio relat ed features are supported Continued dn i i Continued Bluetooth related operations are pos sible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio features such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes discon nected due to being out of communi Continued e After pairing is complete a contacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone Some mobile phones may require confirmation upon receiving a download request ensure your mobile phone accepts the con nection Refer to your phones user s manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connec Features of your vehicle From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and select Connect cation range turning the device OFF tions or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communication error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and reconnected e If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the Q device by turning off and back on again Upon resetting Bluetooth Wireless Techn
301. nel Media Moves to the most recently played media 0 255 screen CD Plays the music saved in the CD USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod music Features of your vehicle FM AM radio commands Commands available during FM e Satellite radio commands Commands that can be used AM radio operation while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 255 Play the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle Audio CD commands Commands available during Audio e MP3 CD USB commands Commands available during CD operation USB and MP3 CD operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen folder tial order Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Repeat Repeats th
302. nel or cause color quality dete rioration Continued Continued Do not place beverages close to the audio system Spilling bever ages may lead to system mal function e In case of product malfunction please contact your place of pur chase or After Service center Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference Preventcaustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration Features of your vehicle NOTICE USING THE USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not connected when starting up the vehicle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work The System may not play unauthenti cated MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electric ity when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB
303. ng or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Continued Use only approved portable plas tic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is h
304. ng legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back 7 Unauthorized replacement of seat cover 8 Covering seat with blanket tl Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR detection system BAG OFF indicator SRS warning light light 2 Infant or child restraint The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat the system may rec ognize him her as an adult depending upon his her physique or sitting position Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger Seat The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger Seat This is a normal condition Front passenger air bag Safety features of your vehicle Continued OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never puta heavy load an active Never sit with hips shifted Never place feet on the dash electronic device or
305. ng light appears while driving you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over speeding rapid acceleration sud den braking or sharp turning etc approximately ORB045405 Transaxle Shift Indicator Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped This indicator displays which shift lever is selected e Park P e Reverse R e Neutral N Drive D e Sports Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 ORB045407 Manual Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped This indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel Shifting up 42 43 44 45 46 hi Shifting down vl y2 y3 wi y5 For example A Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear yJ Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th 5th or 6th gear When the system is not working properly the indicator is not displayed Features of your vehicle Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate Should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the f
306. ng normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normal ly the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become diffi cult to control or operate abnor mally Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnor mal noise could occur If tempera ture rises the noise will disap pear This is a normal condition When the vehicle is stationary if you turn the steering wheel all the way to the left or right continu ously the steering wheel becomes heavier from the end This is normal and not system malfunction As time passes the steering wheel will return to its normal condition NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning light does not illu minate e The steering gets heavy immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion e A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK OFF position e A motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed e If the Electric P
307. ng system warning light ii This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem as soon as possible NOTICE When the charging system warning light comes on or the voltage is low when the alternator or battery does not operate normally or it malfunc tions the steering wheel may get heavy and become difficult to operate and may required increased steering effort Front fog light indicator if equipped 40 This light comes on when the front fog lights are ON Trunk lid tailgate open warning light want This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition in any position Door open warning light fa This indicator illuminates when a door is not closed securely Key reminder warning chime if equipped If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This helps prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignit
308. ng wheel while the vehicle is in motion The pres ence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move while driving interfere with the driver and lead to an accident Driving your vehicle Starting the engine Make sure the parking brake is applied Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position The starter will not oper ate if the clutch pedal is not fully depressed Automatic Transaxle transaxle shift lever in P Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position Place the Park 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key It should be started without depressing the accelerator 4 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in
309. nob left right to set Bass Middle Treble sound tone Default Restores default settings Return While adjusting values re pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Selects the Position This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Position Select menu through TUNE knob gt Turn TUNE knob left right to set Fader Balance Selects the sound fader and balance e Default Restores default settings Return While adjusting values re pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically con trol the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol gt Set in On Off of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Voice Recognition Vol Set vol ume of TUNE knob Features of your vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS SETUP CLOCK Press the key Select Clock through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Clock Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings Set through TUNE knob gt Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date DD MM YYYY Select Calendar Settings gt Set through
310. not approved by HYUNDAI may dam age the tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel shall be elim inated when you replace the tire with a new one The spare tire if equipped does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on Also the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at Speed above 15 5 mph 25 km h for approximately 20 minutes Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pres Sure and reinstalled on the vehicle the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes If the indicators do not extinguish after a few minutes please visit an authorized HY UNDAI dealer Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem except for the spare tire You must use TPMS specific wheels It Is recommended that you always have your tires serv iced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible j What to do in an emergency You may not be able to identify a tire with low pressure
311. nspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped O Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Inspect suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace engine oil and filter 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 216 months Q Add fuel additive 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 216 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HY UNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 8 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance iii NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 114 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 228 months Q Add fuel additive 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 2
312. nual Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the Steering wheel while the call is incoming 1 2 1 Caller Displays the other party s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number Features of your vehicle NOTICE Favorites Call History e When an incoming call pop up is dis Press the key Select played most Audio and SETUP mode Favorites Press the key Select Call features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones e When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will auto matically revert to Private mode History 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded contacts be saved as favorite A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed e Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones NOTICE e Calls received with hidden caller ID will not e To save Favorite contacts should be be saved in the call history list downloaded e Calling through the call history is not e Contact saved in Favorites will not be possible when there is no call history automatically updated if the contact stored or a Bluetooth Wireless
313. o SET and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the toggle switch at the speed you want to maintain Move the toggle switch down to SET and release it immediately The cruis ing speed will decrease by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator To cancel cruise control do one of the following e Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle Shift the shift lever into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph 40 km h Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise contro operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise contro operation move the toggle switch up to RES You will return to your previously preset speed ORB051032N To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h If any method other than the
314. of operation CAUTION e When carrying cargo on the roof take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle e When carrying large objects on the roof make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an after market HID high intensity discharge head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic device may malfunction ORB040088 Antenna Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals This antenna is a removable type To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise CAUTION Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove surely the antenna by rotating it counter clockwise If not the antenna may be dam aged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight ened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper recep tion But it could be folded or removed when parking the vehi cle or when loading cargo on the roof rack When cargo is loaded on the roof rack do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception Features of your vehicle PA710RBU SW Steering wheel audio control if equipped The steering wheel audio control button is installed for your convenience CAUTION Do not operate audio remote co
315. ology device the sys tem will be restored Connecting a Device Press the key Select Phone gt Select Paired Phone List Continued 1 Connected Phone Device that is cur rently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority From the paired phone list select the NOTICE phone you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority but What is Priority ton from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a priority phone It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority fea ture is used to set the connection priority of paired phones SETUP Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Paired Phone List Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device NOTICE e When deleting the currently connect SETUP SETUP ed device the device will automatical Press the Gamay key gt Select Phone gt Press the Betag Key Select Phone gt ly be disconnected to proceed with the Select Paired Phone List Select Paired Phone List deleting process e If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted e To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again
316. on label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all Options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the driver s door sill Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing j Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 6 12 If you have a flat tire with spare tire 6 17 If you have a flat tire with tire mobility kit 6 25 Towing 6 32 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergency Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road Way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any pos
317. ont of it Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and or curtain air bags be sure to install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and securely lock the child restraint system in position Inflation of side and or curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant or child Safety features of your vehicle eo S Air bag warning light The purpose of air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position W7 147 i OMD030050N SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module Passenger s front air bag module Side impact air bag modules Curtain air bag modules Retractor pre tensioner assemblies Air bag warning light SRS cont
318. or tot lt ORB041410N With central door lock switch if equipped Operate by depressing the central door lock switch When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch and front door is open the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of central door lock switch is pressed WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock system if equipped All doors will be automatically unlocked when the impact is delivered to impact sensors while the ignition switch is
319. or may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers mobile charger remote starter navi gation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS __ j What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi ble or replace the flat tire with the Spare tire If equipped A CAUTION Never use a puncture repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI may dam age the tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel shall be elim inated when you replace the tire with a new one Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you repla
320. or tension is reduced excessively Ww Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 66 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 132 months Q Add fuel additive 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 132 months 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 72 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped Q Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Continued Continued O Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace
321. ose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 180 months L Add fuel additive 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 180 months 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 96 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid A Inspect fuel filter Continued Continued Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months O Inspect valve clearance Every 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 192 months Q Replace coolant First 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 120 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000
322. ot be available dur ing certain operations Command More Help Help Call lt Name gt Call lt Name gt on Mobile Call lt Name gt in Office Call lt Name gt at Home Call lt Name gt on Other Phone Favorites Call History Function Provides guidance on commands that can be used anywhere in the system Provides guidance on commands that can be used within the current mode Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts E x Call J ohn Smith Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Mobile in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith on Mobile Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Office in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith in Office Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Home in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith at Home Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as Other in Contacts Ex Call J ohn Smith on Other Provides guidance on Phone related com mands After saying this command say Favorites Call History Contacts or Dial Number execute corresponding functions Display the Favorite screen Displays the Call History screen Command Contacts Call by Name Dial Number Redial Tutorial Radio FM1 FM One FM2 FM Two AM Function Displays the Contacts screen After saying this command say the name of a contact saved in the Contacts to automatically con nect the call Display the Dial number screen After saying this command you can say
323. ous or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Even with advanced air bags unbelted occupants can be severe ly injured by a deploying air bag Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant seating contained in this man ual Safety features of your vehicle Infant or small child AIl 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific require ments in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more infor mation about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for chi
324. ow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly Important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over Maintenance Eee When cleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres Sure and steam are p
325. ower Steering System does not operate normally the warn ing light will illuminate on the instru ment cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to operate due to increasing steering effort Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition e When the charging system warning light comes on or the voltage is low When the alternator or battery does not operate normally or it malfunc tions the steering wheel may get heavy and become difficult to operate due to increased steering effort Tilt and telescopic steering if equipped Tilt and telescopic steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges Wi ze ORB044018N To change the steering wheel angle and height pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired
326. ows you step by Step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic e To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your Safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0 24 in 6 mm Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit e Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire Is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more tha
327. oy Drive carefully on unpaved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1 BA3515 Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions ke i Safety features of your vehicle OBH038058 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit Front air bags may not me sa ett 1 BA3516 inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehicle speed and angles of impact OBH038060 In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle 1 BA3517 Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride
328. parks or flame near the battery Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order Turn off the battery charger main switch Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal WARNING Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected Operation related to the battery should be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Sunroof See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including t
329. pedal press the clutch pedal down fully If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unneces sary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting It is important to downshift when you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up or down steep hills Downshifting reduces the chance of Stalling and gives better acceleration When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe Speed and prolongs brake life Driving your vehicle Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely haz ardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down wh
330. per ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Press the air condi tioning button Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed N D na i i n Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed sunlight during hot weather open t
331. position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly ORB030003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback l Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock ORB030004 Seat cushion height for driver s seat if equipped To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever upwards or downwards To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times ke tel Safety features of your vehicle zani saa ORB030006 OMG038400 Armrest for driver s seat Headrest if equipped The driver s and front passenger s seats To use the armrest swing down the arm are equipped with a headrest for the rest to the lowest position occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Safety features of your vehicle ORB030032
332. provides access to over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming SEEK Press the key e Shortly pressing the key select previ ous or next channel e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previ ous or next channel gt If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the cur rent category SCAN Press the key Shortly pressing the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press the ANS key again to contin ue listening to the current frequency If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the cur rent category Category Press the key gt Set through the TUNE knob e The display will indicate the category menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate category list e Press the tune knob to select the low est channel in the highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting cat egory then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen Preset Press the GB key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the fre quency saved in the corresponding Key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and no ding the desired key from will Save the current Broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Features of your vehicle Tune Rotate TUNE knob Changes the c
333. r deleted on the phone e Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device max 5 devices x 1 000 contacts each Previously downloaded data is main tained even if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device has been discon Press the key gt Select Contacts The list of saved phone book entries is nected displayed However the contacts and call histo ry saved to the phone will be deleted if NOTE a paired phone is deleted Find a contact in an alphabetical It is possible to download contacts order press the QU key during Bluetooth streaming audio a When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the status bar Continued Continued e It is not possible to begin downloading a contact list when the contact down load feature has been turned off with in the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require device authorization upon attempting to download contacts If downloading does not normally occur check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device settings or the screen State The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information of sup ported Bluetooth devices and func tion support refer to your phone s user manual n i n i i i n Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting Pairing a New Device Press the key Select Phon
334. r caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling Lower the hood until itis about 1 ft 30 cm above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place N UJ Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indicates that the cap Is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed pa 3 ai x A Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling the fuel filler lid opener switch WE NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radi ator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt ORB044014A 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel filler lid opener switch 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed d WARNING Refueling If pressur
335. r tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance FUSES Blade type I Blown amp Normal Cartridge type gt Blown Multi fuse Normal Blown ORB072110 A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment If any of your vehicle s lights accessories or controls do not work check the appro priate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will be melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse move to safe place turn off the engine and all electric devices and then disconnect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings A CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system Maintenance NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items A CAUTION When replacing a blown fuse or rel
336. r was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle Additional safety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air
337. ressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean yourTPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you Should check the tre inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure TPMS Tire Pressure i Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under infla tion warning at the same time as sys tem failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem What to do in an emergenc A CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica t
338. retractor is in the Automatic locking mode by attempt ing to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor Child restraint hook holders are located is in the Automatic locking mode on the package tray or on the floor To remove the child restraint press the behind the rear seats release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully Securing a child restraint seat with Tether Anchor system Safety features of your vehicle N Route th FA ORB030025 e child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under the headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback For more information about the use of the headrests refer to Adjusting the height up and down Rear seat in this section Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not prop erly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manu facturer s instructions for installa tion and use d WARNING Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a sing
339. rn off the engine 2 Turn on the engine again 3 If the warning light illuminates and turns off in approximately 3 seconds the system is operating normally If the warning light does not turn off have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Electronic brake force distri bution EBD system warning light O BRAKE If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible K The driver s seat belt warning light and chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON posi tion Seat belt warning Vehicle p Chime Below 3 mph 6 mph Above 6 mphj 6 sec on 24 sec off 10 km h 11 times Above 6 mph 10 km h 6 seconds Unbuckled 1 Below 3 mph Stop 5 km h Buckled gt Unbuckled Warning pattern repeats 11 times with interval 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immedi ately
340. rol module SRSCM Rollover sensor 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only NOUS WIN 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner 14 Side pressure sensor The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 0 F The SRS air bag warning light A on the W7 147 B240B01L The front air bag modules are located instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 both in the center of the steering wheel cca i and in the front passenger s panel above seconds after the ignition switch is turned the glove box When the SRSCM detects to the ON position after which the SRS air fc to e ny bag warning light eg should go out et ee eee ee Pd the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s front air bag 3 Passenger s front air bag B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air
341. ront air bag will not deploy Front seat passengers must stay properly seated to avoid serious injury from a deploying air bag NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds A WARNING Do not put a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat Do not hang onto the front passenger seat Do not hang any items such as a seatback table on the front passenger seat back Do not place feet on the front passenger seatback Do not place any items under the front passenger seat Any of these could interfere with proper sensor operation WARNING Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant detection system never install a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the avail able lap shoulder belts No mat ter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e If the PASSENGER AIR BAG Continued e Accident stat
342. ront Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle __ j Maintenance ee Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for alr pressure Light truck LT tire A tire designat ed by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side
343. roove located on buckle NOTICE Always connect the tongue plate to the buckle even when not in use 0ED030300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision or side collisions is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions or side collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt NOTICE The pre tensioner may activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision or rollover Safety features of your vehicle 2 OMD030051N The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Anchor pre tensioner assembly
344. rry unnecessary weight in your car Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go dn i el Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not Use your air conditioning sparingly require extended warm up After the The air conditioning system is operat engine has started allow the engine to ed by engine power so your fuel econ run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac omy is reduced when you use it ing the vehicle in gear In very cold e Open windows at high speeds can weather however give your engine a reduce fuel economy slightly longer warm up period e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds e Don t lug or over rev the engine and headwinds To help offset some of Lugging is driving too slowly in too high this loss slow down when driving in a gear resulting in the engine bucking these conditions If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine Kapi eaii w ping a vehicle in good operating con ets Sa PA can be ie dition is important both for economy and j JANY AL Me FECOMIMENGES safely Therefore have an authorized a RSS HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS ba coi If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive
345. s When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the seat belts from being trapped behind or under the seats Safety features of your vehicle j Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system 4 WARNING For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious Injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap shoulder belt Continued Continued Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job
346. s and road conditions pressed for a few seconds When the Active ECO button is i dia ww i The system will be limited judging that pressed the ECO indicator green will the driver desires additional accelera illuminate to show that the Active ECO tion IS operating When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO but ton again If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a Steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your Speed to that of the other traffic so you don t have to change speeds unneces sarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your car uses Driving ata moderate speed espec
347. s the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or pre vious songffile The Play Pause feature may operate differently depending on the mobile phone 6 POWER VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by pressing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right Features of your vehicle 7 Ge e Each time the button is shortly pressed under 0 8 seconds it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 8 e Radio Mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset ME HJA for5 seconds each Press the key again to contin ue listening to the current frequency gt S iriusXM RADIO does not support the Preset scan feature CD USB My Music mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press the key again to contin ue listening to the current song file 9 RSS Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Clock setting mode 10 Displays menus for the current mode 11 KODLE e Radio Mode SiriusXM RADIO Category Search e
348. s to a device which allows the user to conveniently make phone calls with Bluetooth mobile phones through the audio sys tem Bluetooth Handsfree may not be sup ported in some mobile phones To learn more about mobile device compatibility Visit www hyundaiusa com NOTICE PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE DRIVING Connecting the head unit with a Bluetooth phone allows the user to conveniently make and receive calls and use contacts Before using Bluetooth carefully read the contents of this user s manual Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driving practices and result in accidents Refrain from excessive operations while driving Viewing the screen for prolonged peri ods of time is dangerous and may lead to accidents When driving view the screen only for short periods of time Features of your vehicle NOTICE WHEN CONNECT ING A Bluetooth PHONE Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone check to see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth features Even if the phone supports Bluetooth the phone will not be found during device searches if the phone has been set to hidden state or the Bluetooth power is turned off Disable the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth power prior to searching connecting with the Head unit Bluetooth phone is automatically con nected when the ignition on If you do not want automatic connec tion with your Bluetooth devic
349. saxle do not accelerate the ignition switch is in the ON position engine in R Reverse or any for ward gear position with the P Park brakes on When stopped on an incline do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power Use the serv ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the drive wheels from rotating Driving your vehicle CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this sec tion N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear Sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator pedal at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the lower gear NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shi
350. se clockwise 3 Replace the bulb from the socket 4 Install the socket by turning it clock Wise I Re rea Maintenance 4 Install a new bulb 5 Install the socket by turning it clock wise 6 Install the trunk trim gt 5 Door If the light is not operating have the vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE A skilled technician should check or repair the high mounted stop light Otherwise it may damage related parts of the vehicle Ma ORBC070042 License plate light bulb replace ment gt 4 Door 1 Remove the trunk trim 2 Remove the socket by turning it coun terclockwise 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Maintenance 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior PA ORB070065 light housing notches and snap the ORB071055 p a me panes seis lens into place i 7 x 5 Ifthe map lamp and room lamp are not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer gt 5 Door 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens gently 2 Remove the socket from the lens A CAUTION 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight Use care not to dirty or damage out lens lens tab and plastic housings 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and o S a install the socket to the lens Fe loi are bes ORBO70064 5 Reinstall the lens securely Interior lig
351. seconds if this button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec ond To stop the horn and lights press any button except the trunk button on the transmitter Features of your vehicle Transmitter precautions NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur e The ignition key is in ignition switch e You exceed the operating distance limit about 90 feet 30 m e The battery in the transmitter is weak e Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued If the transmitter is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the sig nal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is espe cially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid and fire If the inside of t
352. seerwinsreni 6 25 Floor mat anchor s iii 4 93 Fluid Brakes clutch fluid 0000000000 7 26 Washer fluid 0000000000 7 27 Folding the rear seat 3 11 Front passenger and rear seat belt 000000 3 17 Front seat adjustment ERRE OR ee Rew a ew E rw ae et ww Sole ww lee EIA 3 5 Fuel filler lid 4 23 Fuel CE e a ira 4 39 Fuel requirements ME RI SS Welw Wa RS See as See we bw INFANTE we wal E Oe 1 3 Fuses sesesosoesesocoococoscoooocoooocoecoceoecosoosocooosooooeoeoo 7 5 1 Fuse relay panel description wert ee ee Te er 7 54 Instrument panel fuse E E A See E nn 7 52 Memory fuse SORTI I III 7 52 Multi fusee ccc iii 7 54 Gauge Engine temperature eaire o a ey 4 38 Fuel eTe a ai OR ine 4 39 GAW Gross axle weight nea RRSSAA 5 48 GAWR Gross axle weight rating tt 5 48 Glove box Ria IERI A ela e 4 88 GVW Gross vehicle weight STI IRE 5 48 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 10000 5 48 Hazard warning flasher iii 4 53 Hazardous driving conditions tie 5 35 Headrest front iii 3 6 Headrest rear E E E EEE E EEE E ee felt 3 9 Height adjustment E E RES E A EE E EEEE EEEE E EE 3 1 6 Highway driving 5 38 Hill start assist control ital RT ae 5 27 aa EE E 4 21 ota E ee 4 32 How to use this mangal eerseerreerisreiersssssecacsescrisis Led Indicators and warnings iii 4 44 Inside rearview Mirror ie 4 32 Instrument cluster PEPENE OOO REC IEEE 4 36 Engine temperature gauge Se une ae wee Se e ann 4 38 Fuel gauge tti 4 39 Instrument p
353. side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance 1 BA3513 Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle gt ne i SAS BS vi ad D lt gt NA fis 7 fila gi p ne a f2 o _ 1 BA3514 n a Va fi 7 LI MOR 8035054 Side impact 4 curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a side impact of Sufficient severity is detected Although the driver s and front passen ger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side impact air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in Side impact collisions or rollover situa tions but they may inflate in other colli sions if the side impact sensors detect a Sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unpaved roads the air bags may depl
354. skey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is dis played where the passkey is entered Hear enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen Is dis played 6 digits passkey Hear check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the following screen Is displayed dn i i i i n Features of your vehicle NOTICE If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are current ly connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the following screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the MSG key gt Select Phone Select Pair Phone Select TUNE knob 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page NOTICE Bluetooth Wireless Technology fea tures supported within the vehicle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incomin
355. son is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is mov ing A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the seats are in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care Should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Safety features of your vehicle Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be repl
356. state laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use te Driving your vehicle Chain installation A CAUTION When installing chains follow the manu e Make sure the snow chains are facturer s instructions and mount them as the correct size and type for your tightly as you can Drive slowly with tires Incorrect snow chains can chains installed If you hear the chains cause damage to the vehicle body contacting the body or chassis stop and and suspension and may not be tighten them If they still make contact covered by your vehicle manufac Slow down until it stops Remove the turer warranty Also the snow chains as soon as you begin driving on chain connecting hooks may be cleared roads damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are S
357. stic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Continued CAUTION e When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in low temperature area separate the battery and keep it indoors e Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature area If you connect unauthorized elec tronic devices to the battery the battery may be discharged Never use unauthorized devices Make sure the battery cap is closed If the battery cap is not closed securely it can malfunc tion because the electric compo nents are exposed to moisture Maintenance Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery If the battery becomes discharged in a Short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while vehicle was not in use jump start the vehicle from another battery and run the engine at least 20 minutes at idle before driving Do not turn off the engine for 30 minutes total of idle and or driving as the battery may not have sufficient recharge to start Maintenance d WARNING Recharging When battery recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes s
358. sually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the Specified torque Maintenance EEE Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the Steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and If nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L ET 0R 5071003 A CAUTION ti 74 ORBO71004N Checking the engine oil level Do not overfill with engine oil If itis near or atL add enough oil to bring 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground Engine damage may result the level to F Do not overfill 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach Donotspill engine oil when adding normal operating temperature or changing engine oil If you spi
359. t recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio e Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrec ognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices e USB HDD or USB types liable to con nection failures due to vehicle vibra tions are not supported i stick type e Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued e Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could gt cause damage to the Dy 3 USB jack Please make S amp S af certain only to use plug l type connector products Features of your vehicle NOTICE USING THE iPod DEVICE Continued e Some iPod devices such as the Continued e When connecting iPod with the iPhone is a registered trademark of Apple inc Some
360. t use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system engine control system and emission con trol system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10 percent A CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel A CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability kn i el Introduction iii Other fuels Using fuels such as Silicone Si contained fuel Ferrocene Fe contained fuel and Other metallic additives contained fuels may cause
361. tely by pressing the lock button and unlock button on the transmitter if equipped at the same time for 5 seconds or more The hazard warning lights will blink four times to indicate that the mode conversion is completed dn i i i n Features of your vehicle Front door cannot be locked if the igni tion key Is in the ignition switch and the door is open if equipped P__ ii Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button To unlock a door push the door lock To lock a door nio ey push the Inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock posi tion and close the door 3 X If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended 4 8 button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the button will not be visible To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward If the inner door handle on either front door is pulled when the door lock but ton is in the locked position the door or all doors will unlock and the door will open if equipped Features of your vehicle Driver s do
362. th the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service Station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way dn i i i n Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock Is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freez
363. the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warn ing light to illuminate Ja PASSENGER TE air pag OFF ORBO31034N Occupant detection eatem Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant detection system in the front pas senger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant detection system WARNING Do not put anything in front of the passenger air bag off indicator Safety features of your vehicle Main components of occupant detection system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat Electronic system to determine whether the front passenger air bag system should be activated or deactivated A warning light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicat ing the front passenger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occupant detection system The ODS is designed to detect the pres ence of a properly seated front passen ger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled ma
364. the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED The shift lever can be moved into any of the forward gears without pressing the button 1 You should press the button 1 when moving the shift lever into reverse ORB051001N Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom plished To shift gears press the clutch pedal down fully select the desired gear with the gearshift lever and release the clutch pedal slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The button 1 located at the bottom front of the shift knob must be pressed and held in while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse
365. the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated when the vehicle is driven approximately 20 minutes atspeed above 15 5 mph 25 km h until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle NOTICE The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor if equipped with a spare tire j What to do in an emergency A CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean yourTPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you Should check the tre inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Have the system checked by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer as soon as possi
366. the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct bat tery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections 4 CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery Operate the vehicle for at least 20 minutes of idle or driving before turn ing it off otherwise the battery may not be recharged enough and vehicle cannot be started again If you contin ue to have starting problem you need to visit dealer for a battery check If the cause of your battery discharging Is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle Should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting n i o i n i n What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too
367. the mobile phone 6 PWR VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by pressing the knob e Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right Features of your vehicle O Burtsoth jood MPS 7 ES e Each time the button is shortly pressed under 0 8 seconds it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 8 e Radio Mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset ME HJA for5 seconds each Press the key again to contin ue listening to the current frequency SiriusxM Radio does not support the Preset scan feature CD USB My Music mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press the key again to contin ue listening to the current song file 9 RSS e Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Clock setting mode 10 e Displays menus for the current mode 11 KODLE e Radio Mode SiriusXM RADIO Category Search e MP3 CD USB mode Folder Search 12 OTUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right e
368. tic converter damage is possible This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle ESC Electronic Stability Control indicator ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driv ing conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESC will oper ate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating The ESC indicator stays on when the ESC may have a malfunction Take your car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF indicator ee OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator light illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator light in the instru ment cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator light turns off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more
369. ting safety defeccts RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Engine oil drain and refill Recommends API Service SM AKE SOLA ake ILSAC GF 4 or above HK MTF 70W SK SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W H K SHELL una 1 9 2 01 US qt GS MTF HD 70W GS CALTEX 1 8 1 9 1 API GL 4 SAE 70W Use the manual transaxle fluid approved by HY UNDAI motor company MICHANG ATF SP 4 SK ATF SP 4 NOCA ATF SP 4 HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP 4 or other AORN E RT AE G Pal MSCA A brands meeting the above specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co Coolant 4 7 US at 5 31 Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator Brake clutch fluid 0 7 0 8 US qt 0 7 0 8 7 FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Fuel 11 4 US gal 43 Unleaded gasoline Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings I
370. tion With the recirculated air position selected air from the passen ger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside ed fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Features of your vehicle ORB040073N Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan ORB043099N To turn off the blowers To turn off the blowers turn the fan speed control knob to the 0 position ORB040354N Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the bu
371. tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use IS attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact Spare tire ata time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed j What to do in an emergency J ack label ona 1 Model Name 2 Maximum allowable load 3 When using the jack set your den SI j CA Cli CE AE ie 4 anita 4 When using the jack stop the 1 manina sesta engine 3 oe A X z pn i a aa aai 5 Do not get under a vehicle that is P R Gesse 00000000 Ea O ACCT Cn supported by a jack 6 The designated locations under OHYK065011 the frame Type B 7 When supporting the vehicle the ap IRE
372. tly driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance Eee EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary Drive belts Should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces Sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum crankcase
373. to reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before Closing It Features of your vehicle CAUTION Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged While using sunroof for a long time dust between sunroof and roof panel can make a noise Open the sunroof and regularly remove Tilting the sunroof the dust using clean cloth To open the sunroof Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position To close the sunroof Pull the sunroof lever downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Sunroof needs to be reset if in the fol lowings Battery is discharged or disconnected or the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected The one touch sliding function of the Sunroof does not normally operate OBK049019 Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with the glass panel automatically when the glass panel is opened You will have to close it manually if you want it closed Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and close the sunroof completely Release the control lever
374. to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle Discharged battery Zl A CAUTION vi oan Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded connects to the vehicle body 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustra tion First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow
375. trol System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 7 500mile or every engine oil change is recommended Additives are available from your author ized HYUNDAI dealer along with informa tion on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly Introduction Introduction gc sss sss sss SS __ _ S
376. tton again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the wu position 2 Setthe air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the Ss or 447 position Operation Tips To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves Snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind Shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the tem
377. uel level is low ECO indicator ECO Active ECO system When the active ECO is operating the ECO indicator is green For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 Air bag warning light g SX This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the SRS air bag warning light amp does not come on or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized HY UNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is operat ing normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but with out the assistance of the anti lock brake system If the ABS warning light turns on while driving 1 Park the vehicle in a safe place and tu
378. uid 000000000000 7 26 Weight volume ee ee ee ee eee AN er 8 3 Wheel alignment and tire balance 0 7 39 Wheel replacement reer rT eT eT ee re eee ee 7 42 Windows aaeeea ae ee Wwe ke ae hm E CI SR E R a a G 4 16 Auto down window iii 4 18 Auto up down Window lt stttttttt tee 4 18 Power window lock button dlol alal al ale aera 8 whee reale dea E 4 19 Windshield defrosting and defogging titten 4 83 Automatic ventilation sai dda ata 4 86 Defogging logic CES ea a E E E apart 4 85 Winter driving E A E EE tas eens ces 5 39 Snow tires ETT CCT RT Cee CEI VIVI VC A ee 5 39 Tire chains rr eee een eee 5 40 Wiper 9 F216 3 7 31 Wipers and washers 0000 4 59
379. um hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Q Add fuel additive 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers Q Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped Continued Continued Q Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace a no nel Maintenance MR NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 18 months Q Rotate tires Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace
380. unction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESC indicator light 22 or EPS warning light 6 remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC if equipped Hill start Assist Control is a convenience function The main intent is to help pre vent the vehicle from rolling backwards while taking off uphill from a stop HAC holds the braking pressure built up by the driver during stopping for 2 seconds after releasing the brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the driver s inten tion to drive off x NOTICE e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESC is off but it does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned Driving your vehicle The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without resting your foot on i al x i 7 i pa j ee 1 1 i i m _ sil VA F 1 it VA r WA T Y 1 i A WA i i LA s p j CRUISE ind
381. up holders 1 1 0sc 4 90 Brake system EE nr ODE SOS 5 _ 1 6 Anti lock brake system AB S SITI eee E ee 5 19 Electronic stability contro ESC s ssssserzerazzanara 5 21 Hill start assist control SPAR RI RR EEE EATER HTS GAS NANI 5 27 Parking brake iii ii iii 5 17 Power brakes 000000000000 5 16 Vehicle stability manapement gt ssss2va cca anionan 5 26 Brakes clutch fluid iii iii 7 26 Bulb replacement EEEL E eee RL 7 61 Bulb wattage ARRE EER ORE OE E Ot Sts 6 4 a wre ar s aie a a aoe wees cer 8 2 C California perchlorate HOCE nAn cere stan eeeeen teen anes 7 79 Capacities Lubricants EEEE E ERRO E ee g 4 Care Exterior care titti iii eee 7 71 Interior care vitto e eee Ved Tire care rie 7 37 Cargo capacity iii 5 44 Cargo weight eee eee io re 00 0000000000000 0000000000000 5 48 Center console storage reer ee 4 87 Central door lock switch ttt 4 9 Certification label iii iii iii iii 5 46 Certification label 0000000000000 8 6 Chains Tire chains titre iii 5 40 Changing tires eee Ce ee eee eee eee ee ee 6 18 Checking tire inflation pressure 7 38 Child restraint system DL FAROE Ae Ware WA enw Se Owe Wier e Bai eee as ew ww ee 3 26 Loweranchop te ert narra 2 Seat belt eee eee err ee Se tenne 3 27 Tether anchor system e E A amp 3 30 Child protector rear door lock vert rete 4 11 Climate control air filter RECTO TTT COTTE lo SNe rw ate eo ws ero hai ates 4 7 5 Climate control air filter iii 7 28 Clock Digital E ee
382. ur weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right Way __ j Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s specifications and the certifica tion label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certificati
383. us highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate category list e Press the tune knob to select the low est channel in the highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting cat egory then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen Features of your vehicle Preset Press the GB key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the fre quency saved in the corresponding Key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from will Save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the antenna or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Hyundai dealership 2 No Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SiriusXM Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncov ered and has a clear view of the sky Tune e Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls category list e Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob Press the key gt Select Info through the TUNE knob or GB key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the cur rent song Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE AUDIO CD MP3 CD USB IPOD MY MUSIC
384. ut of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties dn i i n i el Maintenance RR CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov haz ardouswaste perchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Engine 8 2 Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Capacity weight 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Tire specification and pressure label 8 7 Engine number 8 7 Refrigerant label 8 7 Consumer information 8 8 Reporting safety defects 8 9 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts ENGINE BULB WATTAGE item Gasoline GO Displacement 97 09 1591 cu in cc Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Type A 55 60 HB2 L L Headlights Low High Laer Type B 9005L Front turn signal lights 28 8 PY 28 8W Type A 5 W5W L L Position lights
385. ut your load equally on both sides of the center line d WARNING Over loading e Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can calculate the weight of your load by weigh ing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Be careful not to over load your vehicle Continued Continued Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR either the maximum front or rear GAWR and vehicle capacity weight If you do parts including tires on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles and braking ability This could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehi cle The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger Driving your vehicle A CAUTION Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warran ty Do not overload your vehicle e Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change yo
386. vehicle Necessary inspections e Be sure that all windows outside mir Fluid levels such as engine oil engine ror s and outside lights are clean coolant brake fluid and washer fluid e Check the condition of the tires Should be checked on a regular basis e Check under the vehicle for any sign of With the exact interval depending on the leaks fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you If you intend to back up kn i el Driving your vehicle Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached Adjust the inside rearview mirror and Side view mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especially children before putting a car into D Drive or R Reverse d WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number
387. vement can cause a Skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Inspect your drive belt for proper tension or have your Hyundai dealer inspect this at the normal a8 a service intervals listed in section 7 Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inf
388. ven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible d WARNING e Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision Continued Continued e The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehicle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of seri
389. ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention Should be paid to examine those hose Surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hoses should be replaced immedi ately if there is any evidence of deterio ration or damage Air cleaner filter A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule el Maintenance ee Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the
390. ver s door CAUTION To prevent the battery from being discharged make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle E ype A ORB044046N OXM049110 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type A ORB044360N Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will OAM049041 OAM049042 turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehi Parking light position 200 Headlight position 20 cle When the light switch is in the parking When the light switch is in the headlight light position the tail position and position the head tail license and instru license plate lights will turn on and the ment panel lights will turn on tail light indicator will turn on NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle E Type A CAUTION e Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a l
391. ver sensor side impact air bags and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover When a rollover is detected side impact air bags and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help pro vide protection from ejection especial ly when used in conjunction with the Seat belts In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also Cause injuries which normally can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation Speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force e There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned exces sively close to the air bag Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may f
392. vers which are avail able for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on person al computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SiriusXM Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial sub scription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SiriusXM music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended subscrip tion terms contact SiriusXM at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE SiriusXM services require a subscrip tion sold separately or as a package by Sirius XM Radio Inc If you decide to continue service after your trial the subscription plan you choose will automatically renew thereafter and you will be charged according to your chosen payment method at then cur rent rates Fees and taxes apply To cancel you must call SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 See SiriusXM Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com SiriusXM U S satellite and data services are avail able only in the 48 contiguous USA DC and PR with coverage limita tions SiriusXM satellite service is also available in Canada see www sir lusxm ca All fees and programming subject to change Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trade marks of
393. wheels Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud t ae p Fat ci sr ANTA N 1 BB3302 Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking Avoid sudden braking or steering je re y fA x Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between Ist First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible dam age to the transaxle A CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage el Driving your vehicle x NOTICE e The ESC system should be turned OFF gr OBH058035L prior to rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especiall
394. wn it must be replaced Maintenance ORB070020 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse A CAUTION Do not pull up the memory fuse and always place the memory fuse in the original position while driving the vehicle Do not pull up the memory fuse repeatedly The memory fuse may be worn out NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section e Even though the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices e If you need to park your vehicle for prolonged periods more than 1 month pull up the memory fuse to prevent the battery being discharged Maintenance A CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not electrical failures may occur from water contact ORB070021 ORBO70022 Engine compartment fuse Multi fuse replacement If the multi fuse is
395. wnloaded from the mobile phone a download progress Use TUNE knob to adjust the outgo bar is displayed ing volume level NOTICE NOTICE e Upon downloading phone contacts While on a call the volume can be the previous corresponding data is Changed by using the key deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being downloaded Features of your vehicle Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone gt Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be Supported within the audio system NOTICE To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to RES gt Phone and select Yes Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION if equipped model Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steer ing wheel Say a command If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP e To change Prompt Feedback OnJ Off go to gt System gt Prompt Feedback NOTICE For proper recognition say the com mand after the voice instruction and beep tone Contact List Best Practices 1 Do not store single name entries e g Bob
396. y cancel or end to end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Hyundai Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronunciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these contacts Do not use special characters e g i i di S etc Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can Say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Starting voice command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Please say a command after the beep or say Help for more information Additionally there are phone commands like Contacts Call History or Dial Num
397. y inflate or not The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF For example if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant detection sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on the edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt The ODS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putti
398. y when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tire wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights OMC035004 Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pa
399. zed HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere na a el E Maintenance Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the sur

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

User Manual  3. 使用目的=治療用核種およびそれらで標識された化合物で暴露された  Les années 68 : événements, cultures politiques et modes de  HiFi digital music server OLIVE 6HD Owner`s manual OLIVE  算 数  athos pro assembly  CC-QS022 - Rockwell Automation  Notice RBA2 constructeur    Manual de Instalação do Ambiente WebAPSEE 1.3  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file